<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?><rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0" xmlns:rawvoice="https://blubrry.com/developer/rawvoice-rss/" xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/" xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/" xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/" version="2.0">

<channel>
	<title>The Creative Penn</title>
	<atom:link href="http://www.thecreativepenn.com/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/>
	<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com</link>
	<description>Writing, self-publishing, book marketing, making a living with your writing</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2026 11:29:19 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	

<image>
	<url>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/favicon.jpeg</url>
	<title>The Creative Penn</title>
	<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com</link>
	<width>32</width>
	<height>32</height>
</image> 
	<atom:link href="https://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/" rel="hub"/>
	<itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author>
	<itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
	<itunes:image href="http://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/the-creative-penn-design5_merg-copy-2.jpg"/>
	
	<copyright>Copyright (2009) The Creative Penn</copyright>
	<podcast:license>Copyright The Creative Penn</podcast:license>
	<podcast:medium>podcast</podcast:medium>
	<image>
		<title>The Creative Penn</title>
		<url>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/TheCreativePennPodcast2024-1.jpg</url>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/blog/</link>
	</image>
	
	
	
	<rawvoice:rating>TV-G</rawvoice:rating>
	<podcast:podping usesPodping="true"/>
	<rawvoice:subscribe deezer="https://www.deezer.com/show/730562" feed="http://www.thecreativepenn.com/feed/" html="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" itunes="https://itunes.apple.com/gb/podcast/the-creative-penn/id309426367" spotify="https://open.spotify.com/show/070M71FwN4u6HOivKRvqvq?si=R0u1whtwT3WZknzYQ_jBbw" tunein="https://tunein.com/podcasts/Arts--Culture-Podcasts/The-Creative-Penn-Podcast-p1183352/"/>
	<itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords><itunes:summary>Interviews, inspiration and information on writing, publishing options, internet sales and promotion...for your book. The companion website is http://www.TheCreativePenn.com</itunes:summary><itunes:subtitle>Information for writers and authors on how to write, publish, sell and promote your book. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:category text="Arts"><itunes:category text="Literature"/></itunes:category><itunes:category text="Education"/><itunes:owner><itunes:email>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com</itunes:email><itunes:name>Joanna Penn</itunes:name></itunes:owner><item>
		<title>Organic Writing And The Power Of The Pivot In Fiction With Steven James</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/22/organic-writing-and-the-power-of-the-pivot-in-fiction-with-steven-james/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/22/organic-writing-and-the-power-of-the-pivot-in-fiction-with-steven-james/#respond</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Wed, 22 Jul 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Writing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[writing a novel]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37870</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>How can organic writing and leaning into the pivot help your stories stand out? And how can you pitch a story as a discovery writer if you genuinely don't know what's going to happen next. Steven James gives his writing tips after more than 20 years as an author. In the intro, Better Than Free [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/22/organic-writing-and-the-power-of-the-pivot-in-fiction-with-steven-james/">Organic Writing And The Power Of The Pivot In Fiction With Steven James</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>How can organic writing and leaning into the pivot help your stories stand out?</strong> And how can you pitch a story as a discovery writer if you genuinely don't know what's going to happen next. Steven James gives his writing tips after more than 20 years as an author.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the intro, Better Than Free in an Age of AI [<a href="https://tim.blog/2026/07/17/better-than-free/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Kevin Kelly on Tim Ferris</a>s; <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2023/05/01/excellent-advice-for-living-with-kevin-kelly/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Kevin Kelly on The Creative Penn</a>]; <a href="https://futurevisionxprize.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Future Vision XPrize</a>; <a href="https://sparrowcrowfarm.substack.com/p/a-different-kind-of-bucket-list" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">A Different Kind of Bucket List</a>.</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter"><a href="https://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="430" height="144" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/draft2digital.jpg" alt="draft2digital" class="wp-image-23600" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/draft2digital.jpg 430w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/draft2digital-300x100.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 430px) 100vw, 430px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a>Today's show is sponsored by&nbsp;<a href="http://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Draft2Digital</a>, self-publishing with support, where you can get free formatting, free distribution to multiple stores, and a host of other benefits. Just go to&nbsp;<a href="https://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">www.draft2digital.com</a>&nbsp;to get started.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This show is also supported by my Patrons. Join my Community at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.patreon.com/thecreativepenn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon.com/thecreativepenn</a>&nbsp;</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter size-full"><a href="https://stevenjames.net/" target="_blank" rel=" noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="895" height="300" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Steven-James.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-37891" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Steven-James.jpg 895w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Steven-James-300x101.jpg 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Steven-James-768x257.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 895px) 100vw, 895px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Steven James is the multi-award-winning and international bestselling author of 21 novels across thrillers, YA, and science fiction, with more than a million copies sold, as well as the author of non-fiction craft books for writers, a writing teacher, and the host of The Story Blender podcast.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can listen above or on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">your favorite podcast app</a>&nbsp;or read the notes and links below. Here are the highlights and the full transcript is below.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Show Notes</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>How to lean into organic writing, and what to focus on instead of plot </li>



<li>How characters unfold on the page, and why an attitude beats a background</li>



<li>Producing an outline for an agent or publisher when you genuinely don't know what happens next </li>



<li>Don't pitch the plot, pitch the pivot </li>



<li>The four choices you have in every scene, and why logic plus surprise is the engine of story </li>



<li>Faith, moral clarity and big questions</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find Steven at <a href="https://stevenjames.net/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">StevenJames.net</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript of the interview with Steven James</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Steven James is the multi-award-winning and international bestselling author of 21 novels across thrillers, YA, and science fiction, with more than a million copies sold, as well as the author of non-fiction craft books for writers, a writing teacher, and the host of The Story Blender Podcast. So welcome to the show, Steven.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Thanks for having me, Jo. Good to be here.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Great to have you on the show. First up—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Tell us a bit more about you and how you got into writing and publishing.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Oh, gosh. Well, the thing is, when I was a kid, I fell in love with stories. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My uncle would always, whenever we got together for the holidays—Christmas, New Year's and so on—he would take my sister, my brother and myself into a corner of the room while the other adults had coffee, and we would just sit there, and he would get this look in his eye and he'd say, &#8220;I'm going to tell you a story.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We were transported to another world. We were swashbuckling with pirates, or facing down a grizzly bear in Alaska, or flying over the desert on a flying carpet, or whatever. I fell in love with imagination and stories and everything.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I started reading as much as I could, mostly short stories. They had a programme at our library called the paperback book exchange, where you bring a paperback book and you leave it, and you can take any one of the paperback books that they had. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You could keep it as long as you wanted. If you wanted it for your life, that's fine, or you could just bring it back as soon as you finished reading it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Anyway, I went crazy over the summers reading short stories, mainly. As I got older, I was like, &#8220;I think I want to be a storyteller.&#8221; So I actually got my master's degree in storytelling.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I started to travel and tell stories, but I had three little daughters at home, and I was like, &#8220;I don't want to be gone 300 days a year when they are growing up.&#8221; So I ended up starting to write stories instead of travel, and then it just kind of shifted in that direction.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That was in '97. Oh my goodness, that's long. '97, '98. So then I started to write books, and then eventually in 2007, I think, my first novel came out. Now, mainly, I've been writing novels ever since.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> It's so interesting. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Was it a job, storytelling? Is that what you did before you became a book writer? Or did you have a different job?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> I mostly would go to events, conferences, schools and so on, and do a family-friendly storytelling show. So I would tell personal stories, some folktales reimagined. I would go to different events around the country. Mostly it was that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I started to shift. I wrote for magazines for a while—80 different magazines I wrote for over those years, a couple of hundred different articles, stories.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was like, &#8220;I'm just going to try to make a living telling stories.&#8221; So the shift has gone back and forth between actually telling stories and writing stories, but these days, I don't know. I'm still speaking. I'm still out there teaching.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> That's so interesting, because it's obviously a completely different thing to tell a story in person than it is to write a story. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So when you decided to shift that way, what did you have to learn and unlearn? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because your thoughts on the page are so different to when you can make eye contact with an audience.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> That's a good point. I kind of started by telling stories back when I was in college, so I sort of moved from telling to writing. And you're right, there's so much that's lost, whether it's eye contact or pauses.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">On a printed page, there's always the same amount of space between every word—a space. But when you tell stories, obviously you pause for effect in different places, different areas, and so it's quite different.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So if I have an idea for a story, I usually have to decide, is this going to be written or told? And then I do it in that medium. Then if I want to, let's say, tell a written story, I almost have to relearn it, or retell it very differently.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You have gestures, body language. All of those things are obviously lost in text, so they are very different.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think for me it's been good, because when I tell stories, I hear different characters speaking, so that when I write, usually dialogue comes fast to me. I can hear what people are saying.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don't always know where they are. I don't always know the setting. I don't even know the scene necessarily, but I can hear the dialogue. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then it also helps me to step into the characters, like when I'm writing different points of view, so that I think I can do a good job of getting into that character's mind, as if I were that person. I think some of that comes from just telling stories.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> You've taught so many writers over the years, and it's interesting you said that you hear characters' dialogue. I see visual film in my mind. I don't hear any voice at all. It's all silent.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I struggle with dialogue, but I do great world building. Do you find that this really is different by the author? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I feel like we fall into these different groups.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Yes, I do. I kind of feel like that's very true as far as what comes first, whether it's a description of a place, whether it's the action.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, basically a story has dialogue, narration—or we call it sometimes exposition—and description. Those three things. Every story has those three things, and those are the three that we use to tell a story, a novel.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So some people tend to drift into one or the other as sort of their default setting: dialogue, description, or action. That's true.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think also something else that's interesting about writers is they tend to fall into either the camp of being a wordsmith or a storyteller. Not everyone, but I feel like some people are wordsmiths, where I read what they're writing, and I'm like, &#8220;Man, this is so powerful, evocative,&#8221; whatever. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Maybe there's no story there. It's just really interesting writing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Other people just are natural storytellers, and they have to really work on the wordsmithing. I think that's me. I'm more naturally just a storyteller, but it takes me a long time to get the descriptions to where I want them, to choose exactly the right word. That takes me more effort. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Some people have to build up the storytelling muscles. I have to build up the wordsmithing muscles.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Well, part of the reason I wanted to talk to you is because you talk about this thing called organic writing in your book <em>Story Trumps Structure</em>, which is out now in a second edition. I call it discovery writing, so similar to you. But most people in the writing community seem to obsess about plotting and planning.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So talk about your process of organic writing. You say in the book, &#8220;Trust the fluidity of the process.&#8221; Tell us more about that.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Well, I remember in high school even, when my teacher got up front and he kind of got this very almost wise look on his face, and he goes, &#8220;A story is something with a beginning, a middle, and an end.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm sitting there in high school like, &#8220;Well, so does a bratwurst. What are you talking about here?&#8221; A description of a chair has a beginning, a middle, and an end. The sentence, &#8220;Preheat the oven to 450 degrees,&#8221; has a beginning, a middle, and an end.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My view is that saying a story is something that has three acts is like saying that a pizza is something with three toppings. It might have three. It might have one. It might have five.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So the idea for me is not to worry about structure, trying to tick off the boxes of a template, a formula you find online, a fill-in-the-blanks kind of a thing. But instead, to actually look at what lies at the heart of the story—the character, the tension, the struggle, the pursuit, the pivots and plot twists, and the payoff at the end.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As you develop those aspects of the story, I feel like you need to worry less and less about following a formula. The more you understand what lies at the heart of a story, I feel like the less you need to plot and the less you need to write by the seat of your pants.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A lot of people say, &#8220;Oh, you write by the seat of…&#8221; No, I don't write by the seat of my pants, because I know what a story contains, so I know that in a certain scene a character will make certain choices that are unpredictable but that escalate the tension, and different things like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm a huge proponent of discovery, as you say, or organic writing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I won't get the quote exactly right, but Ray Bradbury said something along the lines of, &#8220;Plot is the tracks left in the snow after your characters have run by on their incredible destinations. It cannot precede action. It is the chart that remains when an action is through.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So he's saying plot is not what precedes action. After the action, you have plot. So the whole idea of trying to plot out a story before you write it is going about writing exactly backwards. Plot doesn't precede action. It's the result.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I always tell people, &#8220;Don't worry so much about the plot. I want you to look at the pursuit.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A plotter might say, &#8220;Well, what should happen?&#8221; And they'll just come up with something. But an organic writer—a pursuit-based question would be, what does the character want? Now, when I know what the character wants, I will know what should happen. So literally, it will lead me to the story. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Focusing on plot will not necessarily lead you to the story. It might lead you down the wrong track.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Then in terms of your actual writing process—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do you start writing without knowing the ending? Do you write in order? Is the organic side also in the process?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> I've never started a book where I know how it will end. So I usually start with either a character that's fascinating or, in some cases, a premise, a question. Then as I write, I explore the possibilities of where it might go.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've tried to outline a scene—like one scene, not a whole book—and it never works. I can't even outline one scene. I've tried, and I'm like, okay, that's… What I end up with is completely different from it, so it's just a waste of time and effort for me to try to outline or plot out a story.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm much more interested in the pathway the characters will take as they face obstacles and setbacks in their pursuit. As the struggles and the tension develop, what choices will they make? That's how the story will unfold for me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I'm similar. Then I also wonder—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do you do character sheets and character bios, or do the characters also unfold organically?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Absolutely, I don't do any of the sheets and bios and stuff. The characters really come to me as I write. I begin to get to know them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I always tell people, a character with an attitude is more interesting than a character with a background. So a lot of people will spend a lot of time on, like, where's this character gone to college, and what's their first pet's name, all that stuff.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm not trying to dump on that idea. I get that that can be helpful. But I'm like, how would I know that until I've spent time with them? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then once I begin to spend time with them, I'm writing and I'm like, &#8220;Nah, this doesn't seem like what that character would really say or do,&#8221; so I have to go back and rejigger the story to hopefully make it fit with that character.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I like to give the characters some sort of attitude. I'm not talking about a negative or judgy attitude, but an attitude about something that is unique or different, and that makes them not a template character, not an archetype or whatever, but unique.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sort of this constellation of unique traits, characteristics, maybe wounds, flaws and so on, that create a character where you're like, &#8220;This is a character like none I've ever seen before. I want to spend time with this character.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Then you're spending time with the character by writing what's happening, as opposed to writing loads of stuff beforehand and then starting to write.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">You're actually finding all of this out during the process of writing.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Yes, and I think it's kind of like getting to know someone. If I were to say, &#8220;Okay, I'm going to write down Jo's bio,&#8221; or whatever—okay, I'm making stuff up, because I don't know you super well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If we were to spend time together, hang out, whatever, talk, over the course of time I would start to know, oh, she likes this, she doesn't like that. This is important to her. This is what she would weep or pound the table over—whatever, all of the things that come with time. It's like a friendship in real life to me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I can't sit down and tell you what a character in real life would think and say and do if I don't know them, but the more time I spend with them, then the more I'm able to predict that accurately.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think the mistake a lot of people make is they think, &#8220;I'm going to get to know this character with a background,&#8221; and then they start writing it, and instead of looking at the context, they look back at the—I don't know what you call it—the background or something like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I always feel like what you mentioned earlier is, like, hold it loosely in your hand. Trust the fluidity of the process. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As you're writing, you have an instinct. &#8220;Ah, I think this character would say this or do this.&#8221; So trust that. Trust that instinct. Trust that moment in the story, instead of trying to go back to an outline, back to a character description, or whatever it might be.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I'm a big proponent of looking at the context—not just what happened, but what is the result? So looking at the impetus and the implication of the choices and the activities. When something occurs, what would the character naturally say or do or think or respond?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then what would that cause? What's the implication that that would have on the rest of the story, on the rest of the characters? So, really trying to keep your finger on the pulse of the story, and adapt as you move forward through it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I love all of that, but I also am very aware that you've been in traditional publishing for over 20 years, and one of the things with agents and publishers is that they often ask for an outline.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So how do you manage that? Or how did you more earlier in your career, because I imagine they just trust you now.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Earlier in your career, or people listening who want to pitch but they write in this organic way, how do we deal with that kind of thing?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Well, okay, so there's two good questions. One is about producing an outline for an agent or editor or publisher and so on. The other is how to pitch a story.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So the first: I would write the premise down, and maybe a paragraph or two, and then where I think it might go. Basically, I would focus on the questions that the characters will face, maybe the moral dilemmas, the sacrifices they have to make, the world they live in.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I kind of know that stuff, and I can write a couple of paragraphs about that. But beyond that, I just don't know what's going to happen, so I can't really provide more. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm looking at my shelf at the books that I've done, and mostly that's what I've done is kind of a couple of paragraphs focusing on the premise and the problem, the struggle, and so on like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As far as pitching a story, I always tell people, &#8220;Don't pitch the plot, pitch the pivot.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think that there's a screenwriter—I think that he talks about this a little bit. I've not read the book <em>Save the Cat</em>, but people have told me, &#8220;Oh, he kind of brings this up in that book.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The idea is to pitch the irony instead of what occurs. So sometimes when I tell people to pitch, or I give them ideas, one process that you can use is: <em>when, must, before, or else</em>. So, when this occurs, this character must do something before this, or else.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So you have the character, you have the struggle, you have the inciting incident, you have the stakes, and you have the countdown. It works well for thrillers.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So for instance, like <em>Jaws</em>. When a man-eating shark starts eating people in a small seaside village, the sheriff must stop him before more people die and the town loses its economy. So there you have <em>when, must, before, or else</em>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now, no one's going to buy the story based on that, because there's no irony, there's no pivot. It's just a description of the plot, and that's what most people pitch.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I always tell people, pitch the part of the story that you wouldn't expect. So for instance, in there you might pitch: when a shark starts eating people in a small seaside village, the only one who can stop him is afraid of the water.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now you're like, &#8220;Oh, well, that's interesting. How does that happen? What happens there?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">With my book <em>Broker of Lies</em>, the pitch was something like, when a high-level Pentagon redactor ends up on the run, he must stop a terrorist attack before he's neutralised by the people he trusts the most.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So the pivot is that the people he trusts at the Pentagon the most are actually trying to neutralise him because he's on the run, and all that kind of stuff. So why would they be trying to do that? Well, that's interesting.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it's always looking for the irony, the pivot. Why is this character the last one in the world who would ever be equipped to tackle this problem or face this issue?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that's one way to do a pitch. Obviously there's lots of them, but I think your goal with a pitch is to get them to say, &#8220;Tell me more.&#8221; It's not necessarily to summarise the whole story.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> That's great advice. So you teach writers—I first saw you at ThrillerFest, I think it was 2012—and you do events, you run writing retreats. So you work with a lot of authors, and I wondered, what are the challenges that you see from authors with, say, five books?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So not the beginner authors, because obviously there's a lot of challenges. But those who, let's say they've got the three to five books, things are going all right, but they're like, &#8220;How do I get to the next level?&#8221; </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What are the craft issues, or the business issues as well, that mid-list authors face?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Well, business, I'm not the guy to ask. I could try to answer that, but I mean, basically: meet your deadlines and write something amazing. Try to be easy to work with, but also stand up for what you wrote as far as working with editors. It's sort of a fine line you have to walk.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The one thing that over the last few years I've really noticed in a lot of writers who are in that space is that they don't have many pivots. They tend to write predictable stories, and that's why they tend to stay where they're at—whether it's because they're following an outline or a plot formula or whatever it is.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So when I talk about a pivot, I mean a moment in the story where something happens that's both unexpected and inevitable.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For instance, if you're reading a story, you want things to make sense. You want them to be logical. That's one thing. But you don't want them to be too predictable. If it's too predictable, it's boring. It's like, I'm not interested.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So we also want surprises. We want these two things. We want logic, and we want surprise. When those two things meet and you have a moment in the story where it's like, &#8220;I didn't see that coming, but that totally makes sense,&#8221; that's what we want, and we want that in every scene.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I feel like a lot of authors don't have that in every scene. Now, you might say, &#8220;Well, every scene?&#8221; Well, yes, because basically those two factors, logic and surprise, can only meet in four different ways.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You could have something that's very logical but has no surprises. That's going to be boring. It's going to be too predictable. We don't want that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You could have something that is very surprising but not logical. It makes no sense. A lot of stuff is surprising, but that's not what we want, because it's unbelievable, and it's like, what is going on here?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You could have something that has neither logic nor surprise, which obviously we don't want that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The only other option is to have a moment that is both logical and surprising. So you have a choice in every scene. You have four choices, actually. You can have it be predictable and boring. You can have it be nonsensical. You can have it be unbelievable. Or you can have a pivot.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So I find myself trying to really coach people on pivots. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They'll say, &#8220;Oh, well, do I need it in every scene?&#8221; I'm like, &#8220;You can choose, but do you want it to be predictable or boring or nonsensical, or do you want it to really drive the story forward?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think it's because people have been taught structure and plot and three acts and all this kind of stuff, but they haven't been taught this idea—even though it's not something I made up.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Aristotle, in <em>Poetics</em>, thousands of years ago, put it a little bit differently, but he said, &#8220;The reversal of the situation&#8221;—what I call the pivot—&#8221;is the moment at which the action veers around to its opposite&#8221;—that would be what I call surprise—&#8221;subject always to a rule of probability or necessity&#8221;—which is the logic.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So he's basically saying the same thing in just a little bit different language, but you have these three factors. You have logic, you have surprise, and you have them come together in a specific moment.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don't know why it's not taught more. I have never found anyone who teaches pivots. I have not found any books, so I wrote a book recently about how to use pivots. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's so central, and I think great storytellers naturally do it. You'll read a book, or you'll maybe watch a show, and you're like, &#8220;Oh, I didn't see that coming. That totally makes sense.&#8221; I don't see anyone else out there really focusing on teaching that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that's a huge thing for me, really, to help people move up in their writing, elevate it to a different level.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Is that <em>Delve, Pivot, Propel</em>?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Yes. That book came out a couple years ago. We just re-released it. I updated it some, but it talks pretty much in depth about pivots and how to actually use those to propel the stories forward.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Maybe you could just give us one tip on how to do that, because going back to the organic writing—let's say I've been organically writing, and every time a character has a decision to make, I think at that point about what I want to write and I write it. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Are you suggesting that we go back in the edit and look at the end of every scene and redo it?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because I can't imagine that I would get this right every time. I would need to do that in an edit, I think.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> I think for me, when I'm writing, I'm always asking myself a series of questions. One is, what would the character naturally do? I want to make it believable and natural. Let them do it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I want to escalate the tension, so I'll ask myself, &#8220;How can I make things worse?&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I'll always ask myself, how can I add a pivot to this scene? So as I'm writing a scene—again, I don't know how it will end when I start it—but if I use the first idea that comes to mind, probably a lot of readers would guess that as well, because it's the first idea that comes to mind. It's probably logical and probably predictable.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's why most stories end up being too predictable. It's because we go with the first idea that maybe we had. So I try to discard that. Maybe the second idea, just discard it. Then I start thinking, okay, now if I've discarded the obvious, what is going on? What's below the surface?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So to answer your question, I'm looking for what isn't what it appears to be, or who isn't who they appear to be, or a surprising way to bring together plot threads that I didn't see related before. So it's always looking for the unexpected, the surprise, because most of the time that is what we're missing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now, if you have a great surprise, then you have to lean into making it believable. So you've got to move into that idea of, well, what would the character naturally do? You can't just have him do something ridiculous and then say, &#8220;Oh, it's for my twist.&#8221; No, you can't do that. You've got to play fair.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it has to be believable, causally related, logical, and surprising. That's what you're shooting for.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Those are the questions going through my mind. So as I'm working on a scene, I'm like, &#8220;How could I end this?&#8221; Or include something that people won't see coming right away. The best ideas always come to me then.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's so interesting. A lot of people will say, &#8220;Oh, don't write organically,&#8221; or, quote, &#8220;by the seat of your pants,&#8221; whatever they'll say, &#8220;because then you might write yourself into a corner.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm like, &#8220;Yes, absolutely write yourself into a corner. That's what I'm trying to do in every scene.&#8221; And then you write yourself out of a corner in a way that's logical and surprising.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The best twists I've ever come up with have been when I'm in a corner. So why would I warn people against going to the place where the best ideas await them? That just seems mean. Why would I do that?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No, I want you to have the best possible ideas. So yes, look for corners, write yourself into them, and then write yourself out of them in a way that's both logical and surprising.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: I guess also it needs to be genre specific. We write mainly thrillers, and there is this fine line, isn't there? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I love Stephen King, but one of the most unbelievable endings is <em>Under the Dome</em>. I still remember feeling betrayed. I don't know if you've read that one, but—</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Oh, no.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I was like, &#8220;I'm sorry, you've just changed genre in the last chapter of the book. What is going on here?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> That's actually interesting. The fourth question I ask… So I ask, what would the character naturally do? How can I make things worse? How can I add a pivot? But the fourth question is, what promises have I made that I have not yet kept?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So genre, to me, is a promise. You build up a promise in your writing at the beginning of the book, and then I feel like as we write, we have to honour that. So if we bring something up that's super interesting, bring it back or whatever. Keep your promises. Keep your narrative promises.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's true of really any genre. Let's say you're writing a romance. You want to respect the conventions, but not fall into the clichés. So there's going to be a moment where the lovers meet, right? They haven't met before. I don't know what they call it, a meet cute or a cute meet. I think they call it a meet cute, I guess.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes. They do.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Anyway. So they're going to meet, right? And you're like, &#8220;Oh, I'll just have them meet.&#8221; Well, try to do it in a way we haven't seen before. Add something else to the scene. Add a third element, as my friend Bob Dugoni likes to say.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Add something a little bit that we're like, &#8220;Huh, I've never seen that before.&#8221; We know they're going to meet, but let them meet in a way that we don't anticipate, that we can't predict right away, that isn't exactly by the numbers, and then you're going to be on the right track.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> So then, talking about reader expectations and genre, I wondered if I could also ask you about your Christian faith, because many people listening are people of faith, and some people want to write a Christian book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Other people want to bring their faith into, say, a mainstream type thriller in an authentic way. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So how do you balance your faith and your writing? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because I think you have some series that are more sort of Christian than others.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> It's interesting. When my first novel came out—<em>The Pawn</em>, like a chess piece, <em>The Pawn</em>—back almost 20 years ago. Gosh, 20 years ago. Nineteen. But anyway, when it came out, someone wrote to me and said, &#8220;Is this a Christian book?&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm like, &#8220;What would make a book not Christian?&#8221; I'm like, maybe if it has a lot of idolatry, or witchcraft, or maybe sexuality or graphic violence. Then I'm like, oh, wait, that's… No, that's the Old Testament.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it's interesting, because people have asked me similar questions over the years. My books are not sermons in disguise. I'm trying to write great stories that anyone of any background or faith will enjoy.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I always ask big questions. I let my characters wrestle with questions that matter, I think. Do my choices matter? Is there hope? Is there a God? Is there no God? Do I have free will? Can I find forgiveness? Can I offer forgiveness? Can I extend it, or whatever? So I always try to base the stories on something deeper.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do believe that there is good and there's evil in the world. That's part of my worldview. So when people talk about moral ambiguity, I don't want to write or read something that's morally ambiguous. I want moral complexity, but I also want moral clarity.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So whenever you write, the question is, what are you justifying and what are you condemning? And if you're justifying something that's morally—I would say wrong, actually—then I don't feel like that's the kind of book I would want to write.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I want to write stories that explore good and evil, that explore our world, human nature, in an honest way. I feel like when you write honest stories, people, no matter what their background or whatever faith, then they will connect with it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think a lot of people, if they start off with an agenda—whatever that agenda might be, let's say it is a Christian agenda, like I want people to trust in Jesus, let's say—so they write a story. Well, what you're doing, you're actually starting your story with an answer, and drama is not built on answers, it's built on questions.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So you're actually diminishing the amount of tension. You're also diminishing the possibility of a pivot, because we all get where you're going. It's predictable, but there's probably no surprise. You're diminishing the payoff at the end, because we're like, &#8220;I saw that coming. I exactly knew where you were going with this.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So instead, I don't start with an answer. I always start with a question, or in some cases a moral dilemma, like, what's more important, protecting the innocent or telling the truth? That's interesting to me. If I had to choose between the two, would I tell the truth or would I protect the innocent?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's interesting, because people might come down on different sides of it. They might say, &#8220;Oh, you should always tell the truth,&#8221; or they say, &#8220;You always should protect the innocent.&#8221; I'm like, okay, well, let's explore it. Let's literally ask the question.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I come from a certain worldview, but I've written characters who have very different worldviews from me. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm always just trying to be honest with the character, ask big questions, tell a story that examines human nature and sort of the paradoxes of the human condition in a way that will resonate with really whoever the readers might be.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> And of course that worldview is part of your author voice and part of what readers come to you for. I also notice that you have some pretty diverse different series. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do you manage that diversity of series under your one brand? Do you find your readers move from one to the other, or do you have different readerships?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> You mentioned the B word—brand. That's what publishers are always telling me: &#8220;What's your brand?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm like, &#8220;I don't know. You tell me what my brand is.&#8221; I've done fantasy, science fiction, conspiracy. I've done spies and police procedurals and crime and suspense, thrills, whatever.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I would say the one thing that really ties all my stories together is probably just suspense. They are stories with suspense. Some are more high concept thrillers, some are more dark fantasy, but they're built around suspense.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I guess that would be intelligent suspense, maybe, if I was trying to come up with a brand. Something like that. Because I don't want them to be dumbed down. They're not dumbed down stories, so they're a little bit more complex than you might find in other places, but always built around the idea of suspense.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Suspense to me is basically—my definition is apprehension born of concern. So we're concerned about a character, and we're apprehensive because there's peril around the bend, or right in front of them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I want the readers to really care about a character, and then try to build the story and the suspense around that empathy or sympathy that we have for the character.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think it's really interesting, because again, you mentioned 2007—we're coming up on 20 years since first published. The publishing industry has changed a lot. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what do you think has changed most in publishing for you, and what are your thoughts on routes to market for new authors these days? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Or even established authors who are finding that things have changed, which they obviously have.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Well, I'm not a marketer, I'm not a businessman. I'm just a storyteller at heart. So I just keep writing stories that I would be intrigued with reading, stories that I feel like are resonant. Then I look for publishers for those. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've been to a variety of different publishers over the last decade. I've done some different types of stories. I feel like you have to just write the story instead of trying to write for a specific market trend or something like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I might not make as much as some of my friends, I might not sell as many books, but I feel like I have to write certain stories if they grab ahold of me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's a Native American—I think the Pawnee tribe, anyway, in the United States—but they were saying that all the stories that exist are out there already, and when one finds you, it's your job to share it with the world. I think that's kind of interesting. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sometimes—maybe it's just true for you, I don't know, Jo—but it's like a story will grab hold of me, or an idea, and I'm like, &#8220;I can't shake it.&#8221; That's a story that I want to tell the world.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would say that stories are becoming shorter, dumber. People are trying to write faster. They're trying to write several books a year, and as a result of that, some of the quality has gone down. This is all unfortunate.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm still sort of a dinosaur. I still tend to write longer, complex stories. But people have shorter attention spans and whatever, and they're not reading as much.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The structure of stories, I think, is changing slightly, where people will have to spend more time on a hook to really grab the attention of the readers. Then there might be a longer slow period, or more info dumping, which I'm not a fan of. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So they kind of look like, &#8220;I want to get readers hooked at the beginning, and then get them to flip pages.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I tend to set up my stories a little bit differently than that. So I'm not the best guy to ask about marketing and sales and stuff like that. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I feel like, write a story that will not let you go. And if you do that, I feel like that's the kind of story that will resonate with readers, because there's a deep honesty to it. You care, you're passionate about it. It's not just something you're trying to spin out just to sell books. That's my view.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I guess I also feel that writers are doing other things. So you have non-fiction, you have your podcast, you do events. I see you sell books direct from your website. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">It's like the business expands into multiple streams of income, so that the art doesn't have to pay all the bills.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> That's interesting. I do love to teach writing at conferences, events, and speak at different things.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I guess if you think about it that way, my brand might be just story, or storytelling, or something like that. Really trying to get out there, and whether it's speaking or writing, just tell a great story.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it's so interesting when I work with publishers and they'll ask, &#8220;What's your brand?&#8221; Basically it's like, &#8220;What's your box?&#8221; is really what they're asking. What box can we stick you in that will make it easy for us to package you and sell you?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I know myself, and just a lot of authors that I know, we don't think in a box. Every one of my stories is not boxy. It's not the same. They're different. I know a lot of authors like that too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it's unfortunate. I get it, that it's part of them trying to market and sell the books. I understand that, but I think being honest, genuine with the story, doing the very best you can, writing a worthy book, and then letting them come up with a way to categorise it, is probably the best bet. I don't know.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> We're almost out of time, but this is obviously a podcast, and you have a podcast. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So tell us about The Story Blender Podcast and what people might find over there.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Yes, I appreciate it. Basically, I interview some of the leading writers and storytellers in the world every week, and the goal is for great storytellers to share the secrets of great storytelling.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I basically pick their brains, kind of like what you were doing with me today, and find out what projects they're working on, and really just try to get insights into storytelling.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it's tons of fun. I've been doing it now for a number of years, and I guess I've interviewed over 250 different authors and writers from around the world, and so I always enjoy it. It's a ton of fun. It's <a href="https://www.thestoryblender.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">The Story Blender</a>, and people can find it anywhere.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: So where can people find you and your books and everything you do online?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Probably the best place is <a href="https://stevenjames.net/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">StevenJames.net</a>. I think I'm on different socials @readstevenjames, so you can look me up there—<a href="https://www.facebook.com/readstevenjames" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Facebook</a>, <a href="https://www.instagram.com/readstevenjames" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Instagram</a>, <a href="https://x.com/readstevenjames" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">X</a>, and so on. I think they're all under readstevenjames.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Check out the website, drop me a note. I always enjoy hearing from readers.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Well, thanks so much for your time, Steven. That was great.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Thanks, Jo. I appreciate it. Good luck.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity"/><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/22/organic-writing-and-the-power-of-the-pivot-in-fiction-with-steven-james/">Organic Writing And The Power Of The Pivot In Fiction With Steven James</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/22/organic-writing-and-the-power-of-the-pivot-in-fiction-with-steven-james/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="57521261" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/Podcast_StevenJames.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>1:07:38</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>How can organic writing and leaning into the pivot help your stories stand out? And how can you pitch a story as a discovery writer if you genuinely don't know what's going to happen next. Steven James gives his writing tips after more than 20 years as an author. In the intro, Better Than Free [&amp;#8230;] The post Organic Writing And The Power Of The Pivot In Fiction With Steven James first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>How can organic writing and leaning into the pivot help your stories stand out? And how can you pitch a story as a discovery writer if you genuinely don't know what's going to happen next. Steven James gives his writing tips after more than 20 years as an author. In the intro, Better Than Free [&amp;#8230;] The post Organic Writing And The Power Of The Pivot In Fiction With Steven James first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
		<item>
		<title>Why The Podcast Is Moving To Wednesdays, And 7 Tips for Sustainable Creativity</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/15/why-the-podcast-is-moving-to-wednesdays-and-7-tips-for-sustainable-creativity/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/15/why-the-podcast-is-moving-to-wednesdays-and-7-tips-for-sustainable-creativity/#comments</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Author Entrepreneur]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[author entrepreneur]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[author mindset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[longevity]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37847</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>After more than a decade of releasing this show on Mondays, I’m moving it to Wednesdays, and this is the first episode of the new time slot. </p>
<p>On the one hand, this might sound like nothing at all, but it’s also a big deal, for you and for me, and in this episode, I explain why I'm making the change, and past guests give some tips on sustainable creativity for the long term.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/15/why-the-podcast-is-moving-to-wednesdays-and-7-tips-for-sustainable-creativity/">Why The Podcast Is Moving To Wednesdays, And 7 Tips for Sustainable Creativity</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>After more than a decade of releasing this show on Mondays, I’m moving it to Wednesdays</strong>, and this is the first episode of the new time slot. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">On the one hand, this might sound like nothing at all, but it’s also a big deal, for you and for me, and in this episode, I explain <strong>why I'm making the change, and past guests give some tips on sustainable creativity for the long term</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img decoding="async" width="890" height="261" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/long-term-creative-joanna-penn.png" alt="" class="wp-image-37862" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/long-term-creative-joanna-penn.png 890w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/long-term-creative-joanna-penn-300x88.png 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/long-term-creative-joanna-penn-768x225.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 890px) 100vw, 890px" /></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Joanna Penn is an award-winning New York Times and USA Today bestselling author of thrillers, dark fantasy, short stories and travel memoir under<a href="https://www.jfpennbooks.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"> J.F. Penn</a> and also writes non-fiction for authors and hosts The Creative Penn Podcast.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Why the podcast is moving to Wednesdays</li>



<li>(1) Take time out to question what you’re doing</li>



<li>(2) Learn to pivot if you want to keep going long term<br>(3) Set a sustainable pace, and don’t build reader expectations you can’t deliver on</li>



<li>(4) Don’t try to do it all, and try to identify the fear that might be driving your choices</li>



<li>(5) Question what still serves you, especially as things continue to change<br>(6) Consider different approaches to creativity. It doesn’t have to be every day, or every week<br>(7) Creative humans evolve. Build a body of work for the long term.</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find the backlist episodes at <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcast" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">TheCreativePenn.com/podcast</a>, just click into the episode to find the transcript.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity"/>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Why The Podcast Is Moving To Wednesdays, And 7 Tips for Sustainable Creativity</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here’s my big news! After more than a decade of releasing this show on Mondays, I’m moving it to Wednesdays, and this is the first episode of the new time slot.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">On the one hand, this might sound like nothing at all, but it’s also a big deal, for you and for me!&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I know many of you have a routine of listening to the show during a certain thing on a Monday, so I’m sorry to have to disrupt that, and I hope I don’t lose you along the way — although I guess you could just save the episode for Monday!&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For me, it’s a much bigger deal, because a Monday show has meant I have often recorded the intro and edited and scheduled the episode over the weekend. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The main reason is that I need to record in the mornings when I have energy and when the house is less noisy, since Jonathan is often on the phone since he works from home as well. So I would prepare the episode on Fridays, and I type out this intro before reading it, and source the news and my thoughts and all that — and then I’d record it Saturday morning, or Sunday morning if Saturday was busy — and so recently, I have felt like something has to change. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Moving the show to a Wednesday means that I can prep on Monday and Tuesday, which is perfect.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Its so funny because I agonised over this, in the same way I agonised over changing the theme tune a few years back. Some of you may remember that — and it also turned out to not be a big deal at all. We build things up in our minds and then sometimes the problem can be solved in a different way.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So instead of going to ad hoc episodes, or once every two weeks, I hope that moving to Wednesday makes the show more sustainable again, because let’s face it, there’s a lot going on, and if I did a show every 2 weeks, I might have to make them longer to get through everything!&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, same show, just on Wednesdays from now on.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And this change underscores what today’s episode is about: sustainable creativity over the long term.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">How do you keep writing, and publishing, and podcasting — and creating for years — and I am now at two decades —&nbsp;without burning out, and without becoming a slave to the algorithm, or the market, or even your own audience’s expectations?&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The goal is not to just survive this year’s release schedule, or to keep feeding the machine until you crumble under the speed of it all.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The goal is to still be creating, and still be enjoying it,</strong> next month, next year, in five years, in 10 years, in 20, in 30. Who knows how many years we all have left — but for sure, we are NOT machines, we are not AI — and we cannot churn it out &#8211; and what is the point of that anyway? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So in today’s show, I’ll share some thoughts and tips from me and also other authors from the show on this topic, and you can find the full episodes in the backlist, and links as ever in the show notes on <a href="http://TheCreativePenn.com/podcast" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">TheCreativePenn.com/podcast</a> </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">(1) Take time out to question what you’re doing</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In early 2024, The Tim Ferriss Show, one of the biggest podcasts in the world, hit its ten-year anniversary with over a billion downloads and over 750 episodes, and Tim decided to take a sabbatical.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He paused the show for four months and seriously questioned whether to continue. Not because it was failing, it was hugely profitable and he enjoyed talking to people, but because the landscape had changed. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Podcasting had gone from a wide-open space in 2014 to a saturated market, and his question wasn’t “can I keep competing?” It was “is this still the game I want to play?”&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Just a little note here, I started The Creative Penn Podcast in 2009 when there were even fewer shows so I know a lot about a changing podcast market!&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">After four months, Tim came back from what he called a sabbatical with a blog post on <a href="https://tim.blog/2024/09/16/my-new-rules-for-podcasting-to-keep-things-interesting/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">My New Rules for Podcasting — To Keep Things Interesting</a>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He starts with the sheer number of podcasts, saying, </p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">“Having a good show is no longer good enough. Having a great show is no longer good enough. If you want to survive in the mindshare of listeners, you need differentiation.”</p>
</blockquote>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think this is true for us as authors as well as podcasters, or YouTubers, or social media, or anything. But the good news is that your differentiation can be you.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Regular listeners will know that I have questioned ending the show over the years, worried that I was no longer useful, or that my voice no longer mattered when there are so many podcasts on similar topics. But after your wonderful feedback, and the fact that the show still gets a lot of downloads every week, and the growth in my Patreon Community, I don’t worry about that anymore. It’s unlikely that any of us will have a podcast as big as Tim Ferriss’s or sell as many books as The Four Hour Work Week, but that’s OK, because we are not Tim.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I am Jo Penn and you’re here because you find <em>my</em> take on the publishing industry is still useful in some way. When it’s not anymore, you will go elsewhere, and I find myself at peace with that.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Back to Tim’s article —&nbsp;he asks some questions of himself, including:<br><br>If I get to do this for another decade, or<em>&nbsp;had to</em>&nbsp;do this for another decade, what new rules might I create to keep it interesting?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Of course, we all have different ideas of what this means for us. And I have already implemented one of these rules, which is that I interview people on topics I find interesting. I frequently get pitched by more famous authors and bigger names, but most of the time I turn them down, and choose to talk to people who are not famous but are more interested in serving you, my audience, because that is the point of this show.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also have people on that I enjoy talking to, because checking in with my friends while you listen in, can be useful too, since my friends are often authors who’ve been in the industry a while now. I have to make the interviews time that I find interesting or useful or fulfilling as well.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But the point is to stop and take time to consider what might need to change, even if you are really successful. You cannot be a slave to the algorithm, to the media, to your audience, for the long term. You have to put some circuit breakers in sometimes.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It’s the old adage about the small business. You have to work ON in the business, not just IN the business, which means you need to step away.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This does sometimes mean that you have to get away physically. I had this realisation while we were in Bruges in Belgium talking to Jonathan about what changes I could make because I just felt a lack of freedom — and freedom is my highest value, so I really need to honour that.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, the first question for you is: If you feel like you need a change, if your routines are becoming too much, or your workload is too much, or you are eating into time you need for rest and recovery or family or whatever you need, can you schedule time out to have a think about what you need and how things can change?&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You don’t need to burn it all down. You might find the answer is just moving the show from a Monday to a Wednesday!&nbsp;</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">(2) Learn to pivot if you want to keep going long term</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I love talking to authors who have been doing this career for a long time, and in December 2025 in episode 839, I talked to Jennifer Probst, the New York Times bestselling romance author of more than sixty books, about why some authors build decades-long careers while others vanish after one breakout.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jennifer has been through the indie gold rush, the fallout, traditional deals, Kickstarter, all of it, and I asked her how she thinks about how everything keeps changing, and we start with marketing but it goes much further than that.&nbsp;</p>



<figure class="wp-block-embed is-type-wp-embed is-provider-the-creative-penn wp-block-embed-the-creative-penn"><div class="wp-block-embed__wrapper">
<blockquote class="wp-embedded-content" data-secret="eg1eYe2tQ1"><a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2025/12/01/writing-free-romance-author-jennifer-probst-on-a-long-term-author-career/">Writing Free: Romance Author Jennifer Probst On A Long-Term Author Career</a></blockquote><iframe class="wp-embedded-content" sandbox="allow-scripts" security="restricted"  title="“Writing Free: Romance Author Jennifer Probst On A Long-Term Author Career” — The Creative Penn" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2025/12/01/writing-free-romance-author-jennifer-probst-on-a-long-term-author-career/embed/#?secret=zDCl39CrOC#?secret=eg1eYe2tQ1" data-secret="eg1eYe2tQ1" width="500" height="282" frameborder="0" marginwidth="0" marginheight="0" scrolling="no"></iframe>
</div></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">***</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: In terms of how we do marketing, TikTok is still a thing, and we can see maybe generative AI search coming on the horizon and agentic buying. A decade ago it might have been different, more Facebook ads or whatever. Then before that it might have been something else. So there’s always things changing along the way.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jennifer: Yes, there definitely is. It is a very oversaturated market. They talk about, I don’t know, 2010 to 2016 maybe, as the gold rush, because that was where you could make a lot of money as an indie. Then we saw the total fallout of so many different things.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I feel like I’ve gone through so many ups and downs in the industry. I do love it because the longer you’re around, the more you learn how to pivot. If you want this career, you learn how to write differently or do whatever you need to do to keep going, in different aspects, with the changes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To me, that makes the industry exciting. Again, perspective is a big thing. But I have had to take a year to kind of rebuild when I was out of contract with a lot of things. I’ve had to say, “Okay, what do you see on the horizon now? Where is the new foundation? Where do you wanna restart?”</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sometimes it takes a year or two of, “Maybe I won’t be making big income and I cut back,” but then you’re back in it, because it takes a while to write a few new books, or write under a pen name, or however you want to pivot your way back into the industry.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Or, like you were saying, diversifying. I did a lot of non-fiction stuff because that’s a big calling for me, so I put that into the primary for a while.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think it’s important for authors to maybe not just have one thing. When that one thing goes away, you’re scrambling. It’s good to have a couple of different things like, “Well, okay, this genre is dead or this thing is dead or this isn’t making money. Let me go to this for a little while until I see new things on the horizon.”</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">***&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I love that from Jennifer, because there are always new things on the horizon, and we try new things and we pivot, and we bring in other streams of income as some drop off, and we go again and we keep creating. Authors with longevity are authors who pivot over their careers. They may lament the end of one era, but they don’t stop, they find a new way forward.&nbsp;</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">(3) Set a sustainable pace, and don’t build reader expectations you can’t deliver on</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Kevin J. Anderson is one of the most productive writers alive, with hundreds of books, most of which he writes with dictation while out hiking, and he has been on this show many times.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In January 2025, in episode 791, we talked about building a long-term author business, and how authors need to be careful about setting reader expectations around pace of releases.&nbsp;</p>



<figure class="wp-block-embed is-type-wp-embed is-provider-the-creative-penn wp-block-embed-the-creative-penn"><div class="wp-block-embed__wrapper">
<blockquote class="wp-embedded-content" data-secret="81EPCnRbD4"><a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2025/01/20/building-a-long-term-author-business-dictation-kickstarter-and-short-story-collections-with-kevin-j-anderson/">Building A Long Term Author Business, Dictation, Kickstarter, and Short Story Collections With Kevin J Anderson</a></blockquote><iframe class="wp-embedded-content" sandbox="allow-scripts" security="restricted"  title="“Building A Long Term Author Business, Dictation, Kickstarter, and Short Story Collections With Kevin J Anderson” — The Creative Penn" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2025/01/20/building-a-long-term-author-business-dictation-kickstarter-and-short-story-collections-with-kevin-j-anderson/embed/#?secret=qacYMWV4ZS#?secret=81EPCnRbD4" data-secret="81EPCnRbD4" width="500" height="282" frameborder="0" marginwidth="0" marginheight="0" scrolling="no"></iframe>
</div></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Kevin: Now, again, we get back to the longevity of a career. It is exhausting to write lots of books a year, and most people can’t keep doing that for 20 years or 30 years.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That’s one of the reasons, especially indie authors, where readers expect you to write several books a year. Some indie authors I know are writing a book a month. I couldn’t do that for any long period. Well, I couldn’t do that probably for a single year.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You start building expectations, and when you fail to meet those expectations, they will leave you very quickly. That’s why you should have Plan Bs.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you really, really can’t stand writing your steampunk vampire romance series after book number 29, well, make sure that you have some other series you’re starting and building up.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Well, Hugh Howey’s got several series that are going. Michael Anderle has all kinds of series, and Craig Martelle has all kinds of series. You don’t just put all your eggs in one basket. You need to have Plan B and Plan C, to circle around to what I started with.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">***&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Whatever cadence you choose, for your books, your email newsletters, or or your podcast, or your social media, choose a pace you can still be keeping up in a decade, because this is a long term career, and longevity in the market is one of the most important things. It’s better to pace yourself than burn out.&nbsp;</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">(4) Don’t try to do it all, and try to identify the fear that might be driving your choices</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I couldn’t do an episode on sustainability without Becca Syme!&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Becca is an author coach who has worked with thousands of writers, she is the creator of the Better-Faster Academy and the Quit books, and the QuitCast podcast — and In January 2023, in episode 668, at the end of our conversation about intuitive writing and marketing, I asked her what authors who sustain long careers have in common.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-embed is-type-wp-embed is-provider-the-creative-penn wp-block-embed-the-creative-penn"><div class="wp-block-embed__wrapper">
<blockquote class="wp-embedded-content" data-secret="RtLgxIJHNV"><a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2023/01/16/intuitive-writing-and-book-marketing-with-becca-syme/">Intuitive Writing And Book Marketing With Becca Syme</a></blockquote><iframe class="wp-embedded-content" sandbox="allow-scripts" security="restricted"  title="“Intuitive Writing And Book Marketing With Becca Syme” — The Creative Penn" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2023/01/16/intuitive-writing-and-book-marketing-with-becca-syme/embed/#?secret=75DFdcic9T#?secret=RtLgxIJHNV" data-secret="RtLgxIJHNV" width="500" height="282" frameborder="0" marginwidth="0" marginheight="0" scrolling="no"></iframe>
</div></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">***</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Joanna: So in terms of sustainability, let’s talk about that. You coach writers every day, you see writers on every spectrum of every personality type, and people who write differently and release differently and publish differently. So what do you see as your recommendations or, I guess, commonalities for authors who want this sustainable career as a writer for the long term in order not to burn out? What are you seeing in terms of the best way to be sustainable in a creative career?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Becca: Conquering the fear that we have that we’re not going to get what we want out of the career, like 100%. Because the fear is the thing that’s driving us to burn ourselves out.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The fear that if I don’t do it this way, I’m not going to make money. If I don’t do it this way, I’m not going to have a long career. I’m going to miss out on something if I don’t do absolutely everything.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And then I think the most important knowledge that we can have is that everyone in this industry who’s a nonfiction person, including me, is giving you a perspective on how author life can be done.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Every single one of us, not the perspective on how it should be done in order to have success. And if we could just change our expectations of how we look at the people who are helping us who are being good, helpful people who are very sure that their way is the correct way and who should be, again, because like all experts, they’ve had success doing what they are doing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But the downside is from someone whose job is to sit with authors for 45 minutes at a time, all day, every day, I see the outcome of the people who have tried to “do it all,” in quotes, with capital letters, and who are burned out because they were doing everything out of a fear place.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And I think one of the best things that can happen in our — and what burnout often does is it forces us to reckon with the fact that we were doing all of this because we were afraid. My book isn’t going to sell, I’m not going to be able to do this, I have this dream that I’m holding on to and what happens if it doesn’t manifest itself.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then we make a lot of our decisions about how much to take on based on fear, and we don’t know it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because we don’t realize that our brains are wired for survival, and so anytime fear kicks in, your brain is like, well, we have to do that because if you’re afraid of it, then that must mean that we need it in order to survive. And we don’t.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We will survive if our books don’t sell.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We have to calm that fear and answer the question. Like, what will happen if in five years, I have not sold more than $1,000 on every book that I am writing? Like if each of the individual books that I write have not made more than $1,000. And I have to reckon with what might happen if that happens, because if I don’t, that fear is going to drive me to burnout over and over and over and over again.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That is why we’re making so many of our decisions, including: do I pay for this class or conference? Do I pay for this book? Do I spend money on this advertising? Do I hire this expert consultant?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So many of us are making those choices out of fear and we don’t realize it. And that’s why when we do our public live coaching, and whenever I’m at a conference, I’m always listening for, “but what are you afraid is not going to happen? Or what are you afraid is going to happen?”</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because if we don’t deconstruct that part of yourself and calm your survival mechanism down, you’re going to continue over and over again to make those decisions out of fear.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then you’re going to not listen to your intuition because you think it’s risky to listen to it. And so I really think, and some of this might include therapy for some of us, I’m just going to acknowledge some of us have trauma around not getting what we want or around not actualizing our desires, and we can’t just talk ourselves into letting the fear go.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But some of us do just need to consistently confront the fear and make a plan for what happens and then act in spite of that fear because we are not making good decisions when we are in survival mode.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">***&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Becca is very wise, and also pretty hardcore! So if you feel like you are trying to do it all, and you are on the edge of burning out, can you identify the fear beneath it?</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">(5) Question what still serves you, especially as things continue to change</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sometimes we keep doing things the same way, even when things have changed.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What is lost if we give things up? What is gained? And what kind of game do you want to play?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In episode 845, Claire Taylor, humour and mystery author, owner of FFS Media, certified Enneagram coach, talks about how social media has changed and why she gave it up.&nbsp;</p>



<figure class="wp-block-embed is-type-wp-embed is-provider-the-creative-penn wp-block-embed-the-creative-penn"><div class="wp-block-embed__wrapper">
<blockquote class="wp-embedded-content" data-secret="Mu65v5PW9y"><a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/01/12/leaving-social-media-writing-iconic-characters-and-building-trust-with-claire-taylor/">Leaving Social Media, Writing Iconic Characters, and Building Trust With Claire Taylor</a></blockquote><iframe class="wp-embedded-content" sandbox="allow-scripts" security="restricted"  title="“Leaving Social Media, Writing Iconic Characters, and Building Trust With Claire Taylor” — The Creative Penn" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/01/12/leaving-social-media-writing-iconic-characters-and-building-trust-with-claire-taylor/embed/#?secret=ivs26mfz58#?secret=Mu65v5PW9y" data-secret="Mu65v5PW9y" width="500" height="282" frameborder="0" marginwidth="0" marginheight="0" scrolling="no"></iframe>
</div></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">***</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Joanna: One thing I know will have perked up people’s ears is: “I left social media.” Tell us a bit more about that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Claire: This was a move that I could feel coming for a while. I didn’t like what social media did to my attention. Even when I wasn’t on it, there was almost a hangover from having been on it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My attention didn’t feel as sharp and focused as it used to be, back before social media became what it is now.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I started asking myself some questions: What is lost if I leave? What is gained if I leave? And what is social media actually doing for me today?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because sometimes we hold on to what it used to do for us, and we keep trying to squeeze more and more of that out of it. But it has changed so much.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There are almost no places with sufficient organic reach anymore. It’s all pay-to-play, and the cost of pay-to-play keeps going up.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I looked at the numbers for my business. My Kickstarter was a great place to analyse that because they track so many traffic sources so clearly. I could see exactly how much I was getting from social media when I advertised and promoted my projects there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I asked: can I let that go in order to get my attention back and make my life feel more settled? And I decided: yes, I can. That’s worth more to me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Joanna: There are some things money can’t buy. Sometimes it really isn’t about the money. I like your question: what is lost and what is gained? You also said it’s all pay-to-play and there’s no organic reach. I do think there is some organic reach for some people who don’t pay, but those people are very good at playing the game of whatever the platform wants. So, TikTok for example—you might not have to pay money yet, but you do have to play their game. You have to pay with your time instead of money. I agree with you. I don’t think there’s anywhere you can literally just post something and know it will reliably reach the people who follow you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Claire: Right. Exactly. TikTok currently, if you really play the game, will sometimes “pick” you, right? But that “pick me” energy is not really my jam.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And we can see the trend—this “organic” thing doesn’t last. It’s organic for now. You can play the game for now, but TikTok would be crazy not to change things so they make more money. So eventually everything becomes pay-to-play.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">TikTok is fun, but for me it’s addictive. I took it off my phone years ago because I would do the infinite scroll. There’s so much candy there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I’d wake up the next morning and notice my mood just wasn’t where I wanted it to be. My energy was low. I really saw a correlation between how much I scrolled and how flat I felt afterwards.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I realised: I’m not the person to pay-to-play or to play the game here. I’m not even convinced that the pay-to-play on certain social media networks is being tracked in a reliable, accountable way anymore. Who is holding them accountable for those numbers?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can sort of see correlation in your sales, but still, I just became more and more sceptical. In the end, it just wasn’t for me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My life is so much better on a daily basis without it. That’s definitely a decision I have not regretted for a second.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">****</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To be clear, we’re not saying <em>you</em> should give up social media, but it’s about questioning how things make you feel, and what you can sustain and how you want to spend your time.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I did question once again whether to give up this show entirely, but it is an important part of my creative body of work, and quite frankly, I reach more people with the podcast than I do with my books, and I still love talking to people, and I learn, and it underpins my business.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don’t do much social media though. I learn about AI things on X and I do post photos and things on Instagram but I don’t do much else. You have to decide what is right for you, but also, what is right for you might change over time. If we have a long term career, or a long term anything, things will change, and we will need to move on sometimes, or at least question whether it is still working in the way it used to.&nbsp;</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">(6) Consider different approaches to creativity. It doesn’t have to be every day, or every week. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In April 2026, in episode 858, I talked to Sara Rosett, USA Today bestselling mystery author and co-host of the Wish I’d Known Then podcast, about low-key marketing, and a more seasonal approach, or phased approach to podcasting as well as writing.&nbsp;</p>



<figure class="wp-block-embed is-type-wp-embed is-provider-the-creative-penn wp-block-embed-the-creative-penn"><div class="wp-block-embed__wrapper">
<blockquote class="wp-embedded-content" data-secret="5J7PGuNe7N"><a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/04/13/special-editions-seasonal-podcasts-and-the-art-of-low-key-book-marketing-with-sara-rosett/">Special Editions, Seasonal Podcasts, and the Art of Low-Key Book Marketing with Sara Rosett</a></blockquote><iframe class="wp-embedded-content" sandbox="allow-scripts" security="restricted"  title="“Special Editions, Seasonal Podcasts, and the Art of Low-Key Book Marketing with Sara Rosett” — The Creative Penn" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/04/13/special-editions-seasonal-podcasts-and-the-art-of-low-key-book-marketing-with-sara-rosett/embed/#?secret=vCyzv5ruMs#?secret=5J7PGuNe7N" data-secret="5J7PGuNe7N" width="500" height="282" frameborder="0" marginwidth="0" marginheight="0" scrolling="no"></iframe>
</div></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">***</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Although I must say I had forgotten about your Mystery Books podcast and going to seasonal. I also had my second podcast, Books and Travel, which is now on a kind of hiatus, but going to a seasonal approach is actually really interesting. Do you find that listeners come back to that podcast?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sara: Yes, and it surprises me because I’ve always thought you have to be weekly with a podcast to gain any traction at all, which I think is the best way to do it. You can build an audience quickly then, but I just knew I couldn’t sustain that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So when I set out, I started with maybe seven to ten episodes and I did them each year — each year has had a season — and I do five to ten episodes. Readers find it, and I have highlighted specific books. I think maybe they’re searching for a podcast about the Thursday Murder Club or something like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They find it that way, and I get downloads, just steady downloads throughout the year, and I don’t do much. I do some Pinterest pins for that, and that’s about all I do. This is one of those things — it’s the kind of low-key marketing that’s low threshold, but it does work.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think if your readers are looking for stuff to listen to about the topic you write about, it could be a good way to do some low-cost, long-tail marketing. I love it. I keep doing it because I love it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: That just seems more sustainable to me. I didn’t like doing everything every day or every single week.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sara: Me either. I like switching it up, and I do enjoy the different phases of writing. I like the research and then I like doing the — well, I don’t like the drafting that much, but once I get a draft done, I like the editing. And then when it comes time to promote it or do a special edition or whatever, I enjoy that part. Finding whatever I’m going to use for the interior photos and stuff — just things like that. I enjoy each phase and I like switching it out.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: I think that’s really good. Some people think this writer’s life is you write new words every single day and you manage your ads every single day. That seems to be what some people do, but that’s certainly not us, is it?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sara: No. And that’s great if you want to do that. I just don’t want to. And I think we’ve come to the point now where each person can do this as they want. Hopefully people don’t feel the pressure to meet these self-imposed deadlines or parameters that don’t exist. There’s no rules for writing or publishing. You can do whatever you want.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">***</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I am definitely a seasonal creator, I don’t write every day. I never have. I binge write when a book emerges, or binge create. As I record this I am working on the treatment and trailer for what is now called <em>Cathedral Zero</em>, a positive futurist sci-fi feature film that I am entering in the FutureVision X Prize in the next week or so, and then I will move to the next project. I also love Kickstarter launches for this reason. They feel much more sustainable because it’s such a focused marketing push.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My Books and Travel Podcast is still on hiatus, but I may still resurrect that at some point. I still feel the pull of it. And of course, this show remains weekly, but the Wednesday shift will hopefully help keep it this way. I can’t see me going seasonal with this, but never say never!&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The main thing is to consider seasonality, or consider phased approaches to your work, rather than trying to do exactly the same thing week in week out.&nbsp;</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">(7) Creative humans evolve. Build a body of work for the long term.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Roz Morris first came on this podcast in 2011, and in March 2026, in <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/03/09/writing-emotion-discovery-writing-and-slow-sustainable-book-marketing-with-roz-morris/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">episode 853 we talked about her memoir, discovery writing, and slow, sustainable book marketing</a>. Roz is an award-nominated literary author and former bestselling ghostwriter, an editor and I always appreciate her perspective as she has been doing this far longer than I have.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">****&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">JOANNA: Do you still actively choose indie for a particular reason?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">ROZ: I do. I really like building my own body of work, and I’m now experienced enough to know what I do well, what I need advice with, and help with. I mean, we don’t do all this completely by ourselves, do we? We bring in experts who will give us the right feedback if we’re doing a new genre or a genre that’s new to us.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I choose indie because I like the control. Because I began in traditional publishing—I was making books for other people—I just learned all the trades and how to do everything to a professional standard. I love being able to apply that to my own work.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also love the way I can decide what I’m going to write next. If I was traditionally published, I would have to do something that fitted with whatever the publisher would want of me, and that isn’t necessarily where my muse is taking me or what I’ve become interested in.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think creative humans evolve throughout their lives. They become interested in different things, different themes, different ways of expressing themselves. I began by thinking I would just write novels, and now I’ve found myself writing memoirs as well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That shift would have been difficult if someone else was having to make me fit into their marketing plans or what their imprint was known for. But because I’ve built my own audience, I can just bring them with me and say, “You might like this. It’s still me. I’m just doing something different.”</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>****&nbsp;</em></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Inspiring words from Roz there — </p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">“It’s still me, I’m just doing something different.” </p>
</blockquote>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And indeed, I am a very different Jo from the new author who started this podcast back in March 2009. I have evolved and this show has evolved and this is not the end, it is a new phase. It’s funny because it’s just a shift of two days, but it also breaks a habit, for you listening and for me creating. It changes a time slot, and that itself can be a way to change energy, to change direction, to shift what matters and how we do things. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that’s what I want to leave you with today. <strong>A question around how shifting something, even something small, might make a big difference to your creative body of work, the quality of time you have for yourself or your family</strong>, and I’d love to know what you think about today’s episode and what we covered, as well as your thoughts on the Wednesday shift. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Please leave a comment on the show notes, or the YouTube channel, or email me. I will see you next Wednesday, so happy writing and I’ll see you next time!</p><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/15/why-the-podcast-is-moving-to-wednesdays-and-7-tips-for-sustainable-creativity/">Why The Podcast Is Moving To Wednesdays, And 7 Tips for Sustainable Creativity</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/15/why-the-podcast-is-moving-to-wednesdays-and-7-tips-for-sustainable-creativity/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="33209638" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/Podcast_Wednesdays.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>38:42</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>After more than a decade of releasing this show on Mondays, I’m moving it to Wednesdays, and this is the first episode of the new time slot.  On the one hand, this might sound like nothing at all, but it’s also a big deal, for you and for me, and in this episode, I explain why I'm making the change, and past guests give some tips on sustainable creativity for the long term. The post Why The Podcast Is Moving To Wednesdays, And 7 Tips for Sustainable Creativity first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>After more than a decade of releasing this show on Mondays, I’m moving it to Wednesdays, and this is the first episode of the new time slot.  On the one hand, this might sound like nothing at all, but it’s also a big deal, for you and for me, and in this episode, I explain why I'm making the change, and past guests give some tips on sustainable creativity for the long term. The post Why The Podcast Is Moving To Wednesdays, And 7 Tips for Sustainable Creativity first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
		<item>
		<title>Bundles, Box Sets and Anthologies With Jamie Ferguson</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/13/bundles-box-sets-and-anthologies-with-jamie-ferguson/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/13/bundles-box-sets-and-anthologies-with-jamie-ferguson/#respond</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Writing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[anthologies]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37784</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>What's the difference between a bundle, a box set, an anthology, and a collection? How can being part of an anthology be creatively interesting and useful for marketing? With Jamie Ferguson</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/13/bundles-box-sets-and-anthologies-with-jamie-ferguson/">Bundles, Box Sets and Anthologies With Jamie Ferguson</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What's the difference between a bundle, a box set, an anthology, and a collection? How can being part of an anthology be creatively interesting and useful for marketing? With Jamie Ferguson</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the intro, <a href="https://www.kdpcommunity.com/s/article/The-70-eBook-Royalty-Option-price-band-has-expanded-to-2-99-12-99?language=en_US" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Amazon Kindle increases the 70% royalty share</a>; audiobook marketing tips (<a href="https://voicesbyinaudio-newsletter.beehiiv.com/p/audiobook-marketing-tips-you-haven-t-already-heard-a-million-times" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Voices by InAudio</a>); The Builder’s Creed [<a href="https://seths.blog/2026/07/the-builders-creed/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Seth Godin</a>]; <a href="https://futurevisionxprize.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Future Vision XPrize</a>; Researching the dark side of travel [<a href="https://annasayburnlane.substack.com/p/researching-the-dark-side-travel" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Anna Sayburn Lane</a>]; <a href="https://www.instagram.com/p/DaX8aVmNJd0/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Photos from Bruges @jfpennauthor</a>; <em><a href="https://www.jfpenn.com/bones" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Bones of the Deep: A Thriller</a></em> &#8211; J.F. Penn.</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter"><a href="https://www.bookfunnel.com/thecreativepenn/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="1514" height="368" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/BookFunnel-1.png" alt="" class="wp-image-37166" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/BookFunnel-1.png 1514w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/BookFunnel-1-300x73.png 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/BookFunnel-1-1024x249.png 1024w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/BookFunnel-1-768x187.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1514px) 100vw, 1514px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://bookfunnel.com/thecreativepenn/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a>Today's show is sponsored by Bookfunnel,&nbsp;the essential tool for your author business. Whether it’s delivering your reader magnet, sending out advanced copies of your book, handing out ebooks at a conference, or fulfilling your digital sales to readers, BookFunnel does it all. Check it out at&nbsp;<a href="https://bookfunnel.com/thecreativepenn/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">bookfunnel.com/thecreativepenn</a></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This show is also supported by my Patrons. Join my Community at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.patreon.com/thecreativepenn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon.com/thecreativepenn</a>&nbsp;</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter size-full is-resized"><a href="https://jamieferguson.com/" target="_blank" rel=" noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="668" height="300" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Jamie-Ferguson.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-37829" style="width:560px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Jamie-Ferguson.jpg 668w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Jamie-Ferguson-300x135.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 668px) 100vw, 668px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jamie Ferguson is a fiction and short story author, editor, and publisher, with over 20 anthologies and multiple ebook bundles through her own press. Her latest book for authors is <em>Bundle Up! A Practical Guide to Anthologies and Box Sets That Sell</em>. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can listen above or on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">your favorite podcast app</a>&nbsp;or read the notes and links below. Here are the highlights and the full transcript is below.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Show Notes</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The difference between bundles, box sets, anthologies, and collections</li>



<li>Why a multi-author project means lots of people promoting the same book, not just you</li>



<li>How to find and pitch for anthology opportunities, and what editors look for in a contributor</li>



<li>Contracts, rights, and royalty splits explained for short fiction</li>



<li>Why Kickstarter and special print editions are changing the anthology game</li>



<li>Inkwren, the publishing management tool Jamie built for backlists and anthologies</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find Jamie at <a href="https://jamieferguson.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">JamieFerguson.com</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript of the interview ith Jamie Ferguson</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Jamie Ferguson is a fiction and short story author, editor, and publisher, with over 20 anthologies and multiple ebook bundles through her own press. Her latest book for authors is <em>Bundle Up! A Practical Guide to Anthologies and Box Sets That Sell</em>. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Just for context too, one of my short stories, &#8220;The Dark Queen&#8221;, is in the <em>Amazing Monster Tales: Into the Briny Deep</em> anthology. So I'm excited to talk about this today. Welcome to the show, Jamie.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Thanks for having me, Jo.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Lots to talk about. But first up—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Tell us a bit more about you and how you got into writing and self-publishing.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Well, I wanted to be a writer since I was at least six, maybe before then. So it was just something I always wanted to do, but I always did it on the side.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I had a year, many years ago, where I was really busy with work, and I just felt like I didn't write anything the entire year, and I thought, &#8220;I'm going to give it up.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then the next year—that was 2011—I started seeing more about self-publishing, and that really invigorated me and made me feel like, &#8220;No, why am I giving up something I've wanted to do since before I went to school?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I got back into a novel I had worked on years before. I went to a writing workshop with Dean Wesley Smith up in Oregon, back in the day, and then I had my energy back. I've been writing ever since. Still on the side, unfortunately, but someday.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Hopefully! </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Tell us a bit more about what kind of genres you write.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because balancing your own books with also doing these anthologies and things is quite difficult.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes, it definitely is. I'd say I primarily write contemporary fantasy, but I'll write anything in any genre if I'm really excited about it. I also have a soft spot for Westerns. They take a little more time because I like to research all the facts, but those are really fun to write.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Creating anthologies on your own is actually quite a bit of work. One of the things I also do is work with two other authors, DeAnna Knippling and Tami Veldura, and create more anthologies with them. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's really fun because then we can each take a different piece. There's also always somebody to talk to, as opposed to doing it on your own.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Let's start with the terminology, because I definitely struggled with this, and I think people still do. We've got bundles, we've got box sets, we've got anthologies, we've got collections—and are these in ebook, audiobook, or print? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Can you start by explaining what all of these words actually mean?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes. In my book I actually use the term &#8220;multi-author collection&#8221; or &#8220;multi-author project&#8221;, because there are so many different permutations and it does get confusing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">From my perspective, I think of a bundle as a collection. It could be a collection of ebooks. Technically it could be a collection of print books, although people generally use &#8220;box set&#8221; for that—but then a box set can also be a box set that's all ebooks.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">An anthology, I usually use for something that's a collection of short stories where there's an editor who's actually edited all the stories. I have had stories in anthologies where somebody didn't edit them, and they would technically be called a curator.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it is definitely confusing. I have not done anything with audio collections, but that certainly is another area that I actually think is pretty interesting.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I also think that a single author&#8230; so I've done a short story collection, but an anthology is multiple authors. Is that right?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think when I came into the indie space, there were a lot more multi-author&#8230; we all called them box sets back in the day, when it was just ebooks, right? And now we can actually do boxed sets with boxes through things like BookVault. So it feels like the term &#8220;box set&#8221; has also gone out of fashion.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So if people listening are thinking of doing any of this, you do have to figure out what is the thing you might be signing up for. So let's talk about the multi-author projects, as that's where you specialise. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What are the benefits for an author to be involved in a multi-author anthology project?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> The biggest benefit is that you are one of multiple people promoting the same project, whether it's print or ebook or whatever. If I put out a short story collection on my own, I'm the one promoting it, and maybe I can get a couple of other people to write about it, but it's really just me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If I'm part of an anthology with 15 other authors, that's 15 other people who are promoting the same project. That's more newsletters, more Facebook posts, maybe something on their Patreons, whatever it is. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You get more synergy, and you get more touch points with potential readers. Then hopefully that translates into sales as well. So that's definitely the biggest part of it—the promotion. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I also personally really enjoy these types of collections because it's just fun to work with other people. There's a nice energy when everybody's like, &#8220;Oh, I put this in my newsletter, and I put this here, and I put this here,&#8221; and you feel like you're part of something bigger than just your own piece.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: What about the creative benefits? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Especially with short stories, often people will write them for a collection or for an anthology project.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes. I've definitely written some stories that I never would have thought I'd write, because somebody I knew asked if I would be interested in being in their collection—whether it's an ebook bundle or a print anthology. So at least for me, that's been really fun. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the ones that stands out is that I was asked to be in a dinosaur collection once, and I was like, &#8220;I don't write dinosaur stories.&#8221; And then I did. I set a dinosaur story in London, and it was really fun to write, and I never would have come up with that in a million years.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Let's say we've got 12 authors. They've all written short stories, and now it's in this anthology. But what is the market for these kinds of things?</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Have you found that there is a readership for short story anthologies that carries over to the author's longer work?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> There is. I like to think of it as: if I have a story in a collection or an anthology—whether it's one I'm editing or somebody else is editing—that's one more place for people to find me. A lot of times anthologies will take reprints as well, like your story. &#8220;The Dark Queen&#8221;—that was a reprint.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We asked if you'd be interested in participating in the <em>Amazing Monster Tales</em> series. And I actually really like printing stories again that have already been published, because there are a lot of stories out there that can be hard to find. Or if it's an older book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have one author I've known for, like, 30 years. I reprinted one of her stories that was originally published in, I think, 1999, and the anthology it was in was out of print. You couldn't find it, and it was a fantastic story.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it's fun to be able to give new life to those stories and give them more opportunities, and also just have more ways for people to find you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, I definitely think it's a long game. I don't think appearing in a short story anthology in one particular month is going to mean that your whole back collection just sells, right?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> No, definitely not. It's more about avenues to be found. I know there have been some anthologies that have made quite a bit of money, but in general you're probably not going to make as much money, but you will have those extra places for people to find you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I always feel like yes, there is maybe a small amount of money, but it is more about almost a marketing thing in itself.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So let's say an author is listening and they're like, &#8220;Do you know, this sounds like a great idea.&#8221; </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How can they pitch for things like this? How do they find out about opportunities, or get noticed to be asked? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And what are the expectations for them?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> The biggest thing is networking. There used to be a couple of opportunities where you could make people aware that you had stories that you were interested in potentially having picked up for something. I'm not aware of anything like that now.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I create a collection, I have a mailing list that I send out, and it includes authors I've published before. It includes a couple of extra people who somehow found my mailing list. And I'll publish, like, &#8220;Here's what I'm doing.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There are also authors I've met at writing workshops. I've been able to read some of their work, I'll approach them and say, &#8220;Hey, I really liked such and such a story. Would you be interested in writing for this?&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then there are a couple of other websites, like Duotrope, and places that advertise markets and calls for submissions.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, I've found them also on small presses that do these kinds of projects. They often put up one call for submission a month or something, and you can write for their particular thing. In general, the short story markets are the places to keep an eye on.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes, definitely.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: If an author wants to pitch to have their story as part of an anthology, do you want to know things like platform, or is it just the story itself?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> I personally look at the author's platform. I do make exceptions—there are actually two authors I've worked with a couple of times who don't have websites. They are people I know personally and they are very, very good writers, so I'll make an exception for things like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But otherwise, if somebody submitted a story to me and I didn't know that person, I would check out their website, I would check out their social media, I would see what else they had done.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Part of what you're doing when you're creating a collection is thinking not just about how you, as the person organising this, will promote the collection, but how the authors who are participating will help promote it as well. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If it's somebody who has a lot of fans, even if they're not very active on social media, that can help a lot too. There are a lot of different factors, though.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> So then talk us through the project timeline. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How long do things take, and what sort of involvement do the authors have along the way? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because it's a lot to juggle.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes, it is a lot to juggle. I can give you an example with the <em>Monster Tales</em> series. We'll come up with an idea, and we also like to try to get the artwork done early on in the process. We don't need it that soon, but it's really great to have that taken care of.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We'll contact authors. I think for this one we used my mailing list, but we've also contacted a number of people individually that we know who write the style of stories we like. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then, as the submissions come in, we usually wait until we have a nice chunk of them to start going through, and then we'll pick some right away. Sometimes it'll be like, &#8220;Oh my gosh, of course we want this story,&#8221; and we'll wait to fill out the other slots.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then we'll negotiate sometimes. Sometimes it's like, &#8220;I want this story.&#8221; &#8220;Well, I want this other story.&#8221; And we have to figure out how the word count works. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Once we finalise the stories, then usually what happens with that anthology is that DeAnna—who is a very, very good editor—will make the first editing pass, and then I'll make the second. And now Tami's involved, so Tami will make the third, and then we'll iterate.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Once all three of us have gone through the first time, then we'll send the story back to the author for edits. So the most the author has to do for most of the process is just wait for us to edit their story, and then work on their edits and get them back. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then, once we get closer to launch, we'll give them information about what we're going to do. For example, we're going to launch the next issue with a Kickstarter. So our authors know that we have a Kickstarter coming, and we'll give them more information as we get closer to the actual launch date.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: So how long might an author expect before their work is out there?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> It really varies. I've had some collections published very quickly—let's say a couple of months. Some have taken longer just because somebody ends up having some life issue and things get delayed. So I'd say ideally it would be more like three to nine months.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, I think&#8230; depending on the—</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> —collection and the complexity.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, exactly.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> And you did mention word count there. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Just give us a range of what word count you like to get.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> So these days I'm shooting for between 75,000 and 80,000 for the total word count for a collection. That includes the stories, but it also includes the opening, the introduction. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For one we're working on now, we're going to have some interstitials, where we have little bits of things we're going to write in between each story. So that's the overall size of the collection.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'll keep track of the word count as the stories come in, and then as we edit the stories, sometimes they grow, sometimes they shrink. Sometimes that's a big enough difference where we're like, &#8220;Okay, we need one more story to fill it in.&#8221; But that's the target.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: And how much for each individual story?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> That varies. I've done a bunch of different things. These days, what I'm advertising is between 3,000 and 8,000 words. I also always tell people: if you're outside this range on either side, just check with me, and if it's something that's really an excellent fit for the book, I'll make an exception.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The one that's coming out, I think we have a 1,500- or 2,000-word story that was just amazingly perfect for what we wanted. There was another story, actually I think it was the issue that you were in, that was at least 12,000 words, but it also was a perfect fit for the theme. So I will make exceptions, but within reason.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I wouldn't put a novella inside an anthology, because then you'd have a 22,000-word story next to a 3,000-word story, and I personally feel like that's really jarring for the reader. You don't want to go from something super short to something super long. It just doesn't feel like it flows well to me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> No, absolutely.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> We'll come back to the making of it because you mentioned some really interesting things there. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But just on the contractual side—a lot of indie authors don't necessarily do any publishing contracts for their work, unless it's signing the terms and conditions when uploading on Amazon or Kobo. So tell us a bit about the contract side. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What rights are we talking about here? Any red lines in contracts around this kind of thing?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> For contracts, I would recommend people read Kristine Kathryn Rusch's posts on this. She is way more informed about this than I ever will be, so when I have questions, I'll look at her posts. I've asked her a couple of questions.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What we're doing for the <em>Amazing Monster Tales</em>&#8230; this is the first time that I've actually had authors sign contracts. Prior to this, I've used PubShare, which handles royalty splits and all of that, and that was really great. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We want to do direct sales and Kickstarters and have lots of other options. So we did put together a contract this time. I'd have to pull it up, but I think we asked for first worldwide rights in English—I'm getting the terminology wrong here—but that was basically it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Or, I guess, reprint rights if the story's already been licensed.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Correct. We have two contract templates, one for original stories and one for reprints. We made sure to make that distinction, because it is definitely a distinction. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the book by Kristine Kathryn Rusch—it's called <em>Closing the Deal… on Your Terms</em>—I highly recommend that for anybody interested in learning more about contracts.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, that's great. And just for people listening: when you said you didn't have contracts before, you just used PubShare. So in that way, the author still retained the rights and you just split the royalties—it was more of a co-writing thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Correct. When you publish stories through PubShare, the author signs an agreement with PubShare, and then I, as the editor or organiser, would also sign a separate agreement. So each of us has an agreement with PubShare. We don't have agreements with each other, if that makes sense.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, so it's very different to move into Kickstarter. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So tell us about what you're now moving into.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Well, Kickstarters are a new world for me personally. I have many friends who have had Kickstarters. I've supported Kickstarters. I watch them. But it's something where I'm very happy to have two partners who have done Kickstarters before.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm not sure how many Tami's done—I think Tami's done the most at this point. So this is all new to me. But it's very exciting. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">At this point we have a backlist, so part of the plan, for the <em>Monster </em>series, is to offer issues one through four as part of the rewards when we launch issue number five. That's really exciting, because I never had a backlist like that before.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, and in fact the money is in the backlist, as ever, and those add-ons or bundles as part of Kickstarter are great. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So are you going to do special print editions, or is it digital only?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> We are talking about special print editions. You mentioned BookVault earlier—we've been looking at BookVault. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Our other anthology series that hasn't come out yet will also launch with a Kickstarter. It's dragon-themed, and Tami actually did the cover work, which is beautiful. BookVault just gives you so many options that we never had before, so I'm very excited about that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, I think it's a really good idea. I did gorgeous hardbacks for my solo author collection, so I think it's a great idea.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So from the publisher side, let's come back to that. You've mentioned you have to write things like an introduction and interstitials, and you're trying to balance the stories. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What are some of the other things that people might think about if they want to organise their own anthologies?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Oh gosh, where to start? There's the basic setting up of the anthology, so you have to define the table of contents. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You might get a bunch of stories that are really awesome, and you might have to tell somebody who has a wonderful story—and maybe even who's a good friend of yours—that you're going to pass on it because their story doesn't fit with all the other stories.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Every time I have to do that, I feel kind of bad. But being on this side, it's really interesting to see how you can tell which stories fit together and which don't.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's also the editing process, which can be a lot of work. Part of what I like about working with Tami and DeAnna is that DeAnna really loves editing. I feel like I'm a good editor, and I can do it, but for me it's more of a job. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For DeAnna, she loves it, so she does the bulk of the editing, which is great. When I do it on my own, I feel like it's a task I have to do.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's lots of cat-herding. Sometimes people take a while to get their edits back. Sometimes they have life events, and you have to delay things because you're waiting on them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There are all the little tiny pieces of organising things—like, if you're reprinting stories, you need to make sure you get the copyright attribution correct. A lot of times I'll have to go and look up where something was originally published. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">An author might say, &#8220;Oh, it was published in this year,&#8221; and I'm like, &#8220;Okay, actually it was published in this other year, by this other publication first.&#8221; So I'm trying to be organised there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">henT one of the things that very infrequently—I think it's only happened to me twice—every once in a while, you're in the middle of editing a story and you have to pass on it, even though you've already accepted it, because the editorial vision and the author vision for the story are not the same, and you can't reconcile that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think that's really interesting, because so much of what you're talking about there—you mentioned vision—it's almost taste. You're saying which stories fit.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's not just a case of, I don't know, a pirate anthology and then picking 10 stories about pirates, right? You seem to be thinking about this in a more artistic way. So can you talk a bit more about that? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do you decide on a theme, and then how do you know that a story doesn't fit?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> In the beginning, I was not this selective. In the beginning I'd say, for example, &#8220;Hey, I'm putting out a collection about fairies. Give me a fairy story,&#8221; and that was it. As I've edited the stories, it's become easier to see how things fit.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, for example, if I have 10 stories in an anthology and I have an 11th story, and they have different tones—let's say the 11th story is really funny and all the other stories are very serious—then that would be a fit thing. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's not necessarily taste; it's just that you don't want one funny story if everything else is really dark and scary or serious.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As far as picking a theme, the theme could be very broad. With this dragon anthology we're working on, we decided we wanted it to be called <em>A Hoard of Books</em>. So the theme was: has to have dragons, has to have books, and that's pretty much it. And then we were like, &#8220;Let's just see what we get.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We were very surprised at what we got. We thought we'd have more serious stories, and it turned out most of them were very light-hearted and really fun. And we're like, &#8220;You know what? That actually changes the way we're looking at the whole series,&#8221; because we did not expect that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">With the monster series, we'll pick a theme. So, for example, the next issue is <em>Monsters in Love</em>, and for those it's more like, let's just see what happens. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sometimes I'll have a more specific theme. The next anthology I'm publishing on my own is called <em>Fairy Bargains</em>, and I wanted people to obviously have fairies, but I wanted there to be something related to the mythology and lore of having a bargain with a fairy—and there's a lot of stuff about that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So for some things like that, when I put out a call, I'll provide information. I might say, &#8220;Here's a link to a Wikipedia article. Here's some mythology that might be helpful for you,&#8221; just because I want things to stick a little bit more to the theme itself. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Whereas with <em>Monsters in Love</em>, there's a very wide range of stories, and that was very fun to work through.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, yes. There's a lot of monster, on the spicy side as well. But were you doing a clean <em>Monsters in Love</em>, as opposed to in lust?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes, this is a clean one. That's pretty funny. But boy, when you give authors the room for these types of things, you get all kinds of stories, and it is super fun to work with those collections.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> As you're talking, I definitely want to do more short stories. It's really interesting, because you can actually generally get paid more for a first print—first print rights on a short story—but I often want to just publish it myself. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I was really happy to be in yours, because it was a reprint anyway. So I was like, well, there's absolutely nothing to lose if it goes in as a reprint. So these things can be really interesting.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Talking of the finance from your side of things: you have a small press and you're doing this publishing yourself, but you're paying all these authors and doing a lot of work. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So how does it work as the publisher, in terms of these anthologies, financially?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> With the ones we've published so far, because we've gone through PubShare, it's been a royalty split. As the editors, we would take a percentage, and then we pay for the artwork, and of course all of our time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think what we were doing there was saying 70% of the royalties would be split equally between all of the authors and the stories. So, for example, if I had a story as well, I would get part of the author split—the same percentage as everybody else in the collection—in addition to the editor split.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For what we're doing now, we've changed this a little bit, and I believe we said 60% goes to the authors, and then we're going to keep a share of the proceeds for the business because we want to be able to pay for the artwork out of the business account. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We want to pay for advertising, whatever we need to do—like setting up our store, or if we wanted to invest in anything, we want to be able to do that as the business, as opposed to it just being us doing this on our own. We're just trying to treat it a little bit differently.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> And I know it's so much work—a crazy amount of work. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How many anthologies and books do you have to do in a year to make it worthwhile financially?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Oh, I don't know. I would say, unless you get an opportunity—like, for example, to have an anthology in a story bundle or something like that—you may not break even. But if you're going to do this, do it more for the marketing, do it more because you enjoy it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now, going forward, I think that will change, because we are looking at Kickstarters, we are looking at direct sales. We're very motivated to try to make this more of a business thing than a fun side project. So, ask me in a year.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, hopefully more. I do think Kickstarter is great for short stories. I actually buy quite a few collections on Kickstarter. I think they're actually really hard to discover through, say, Amazon—it's a place that is quite hard to identify short stories.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Whereas I've found I've bought collections on Kickstarter because there's so much more of a sales page—there's so much more rich media that tells me how I'm going to feel about the stuff. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've bought short story anthologies and collections from people I don't know. So I think it's a really good thing to do. There is an audience there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes, definitely. And it does feel like the anthologies on Amazon don't sell as well—you don't make as much as you used to. I've been doing this for, well, gosh, 10 years now, and I feel like the sales numbers on Amazon in the past year were noticeably lower than they would have been six or eight years ago.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I am very excited about Kickstarter. Plus, Kickstarter just feels really fun. You're not just throwing your book up; you also have all the extra stuff with the page, you have the rewards, and it just feels really exciting.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> No, I agree. I really love it. I didn't do it for a long time, and now I just love it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> So, staying with the publisher side of things—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Any practical formatting and production tips? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because in these types of projects, all kinds of people just send you different stuff.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> I have a style guide. So whether it's me or it's the group project, once all the edits are complete, I'll do a formatting pass, and I'll make sure I use curly quotes and the same em dash format and everything, just so everything in the book is formatted the same way.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Every once in a while there's an author who has something particular that they want, and I can work around that, and that's fine.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also work with a lot of Canadian authors, and I'll let them keep their Canadian spellings. I don't think everybody does that, but I feel like that's their voice in a way, so I don't correct those. I might check some things there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think the formatting is important—it makes things look better if everything has the same style. Then I use Vellum, which makes things really easy. I love Vellum. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because I publish so many authors at this point, I have a Vellum file where I store their biographies and their links, so when I publish a new anthology I'll just go grab, say, Jo's &#8220;about the author&#8221; page from that collection and put it into the new file.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I also track when the last time was that I checked with the author about their biography. If it's been more than a year, I'll check in with them and say, &#8220;Hey, do you have an updated biography you want me to use? Here are your links—do you have any different links now?&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that makes it a lot easier from the formatting standpoint.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> And you mentioned Vellum—having done box sets on Vellum, you can just drag a whole book in there if you want to do a three-book box set, or three short stories, whatever. It's much easier to just drag things in, and it makes it easier to format.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I would say to people: you don't need to worry too much about that. There are lots of things that can help you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But even with doing the print stuff for the Kickstarter—people have opinions, don't they? So in terms of authors' opinions and managing—you mentioned herding cats—how do you manage all of that side of things?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> I haven't actually had a lot of trouble with that. The authors I've worked with seem to feel like they gave me their story, and then once the edits are out of the way&#8230; I haven't had anybody have any issues with the covers. Usually they love the covers, especially for the Monster series. So, no problems there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, that's good. Well, I would say a tip would be to make sure you're communicating, if you're somebody who's organising. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So talk a bit about communication.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Communication is very important. What I try to do is send regular updates, especially if I'm in the middle of edits or working on something and I'm not ready to launch. I'll send an update email out to the authors and just say, &#8220;Here's what's going on, here's what the plan is.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Or if the plan has to change, if the launch date has to change for some reason, I'll let the authors know about that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Actually, with the upcoming <em>Monsters in Love</em> issue, we were originally not going to do a Kickstarter. That was a late decision, so I contacted all the authors and said, &#8220;We've changed our plans. We're going to launch this with a Kickstarter. Please confirm that you're okay with this.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One author was not comfortable with the Kickstarter idea, so he pulled his story, and then we found a replacement story for that. But I just feel like the communication piece is really essential. It's really important for the authors to know what's going on.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, absolutely. So, we've talked about how marketing is a good thing, in terms of there being lots of people marketing. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How are you effectively marketing these kinds of books, as the premise is quite different to a single author project?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Right. There's the usual—write a release post, write posts on social. I do additional things, so I'll publish what I call a story spotlight for each story in the anthology. That's just where I talk a little bit about the story, I provide an excerpt, and then I provide the author's bio and links to find them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Those are really great, because they're very quick to put together. The hardest part is getting a short excerpt that shows enough about the story to be engaging. But that really isn't that much time, either. Then those are also nicely evergreen.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've actually searched for authors before, when I'm trying to research them for an interview, and I've found my own spotlight posts and my own interview posts with authors come up at the top of the list, which is kind of funny.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also do interviews with as many of the authors in a collection as are willing to participate. Sometimes people just don't have the time—I don't make this required—but I usually get 80 to 90% of the authors participating. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, for example, this year I'm in a couple of bundles on StoryBundle, and I'm doing interviews for people there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's also really fun, and you're not paying for advertising—you're just creating something that the authors are excited about and they want to share. So it promotes the collection, but it also promotes the author, which I find really nice. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's a nice networking thing too, and I'm happy if someone wants to interview me. It's like free publicity for each person, in addition to the collection.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I love that you've used the word &#8220;fun&#8221; quite a lot, which I find amazing. You're obviously a super collaborative person. I've co-written a number of books—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I've been part of some collections, and I really think that there are two personalities.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One is like me, where we really love the creation stuff and the publishing stuff, but we're hyper-controlling. And then someone like you—you're very collaborative, and you're doing such a great job. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To people listening, I would say: if you're more like me, don't organise an anthology. What you want is Jamie, or somebody who actually finds it fun to organise a big group of authors.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes. It is definitely interesting working with other partners in this, because when I publish an anthology on my own, I make all the decisions. I pick the artwork, I pick the theme, I do everything, I decide the table of contents. But when you're working with other people, you do need to negotiate.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So we've had a couple of times where it's like, &#8220;I want this story.&#8221; &#8220;Well, I want this other story, I don't like the story that you want.&#8221; And so we have to barter, in a way. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Aside from that, it is nice, because you get to split up the tasks. I could focus on things like the organising—I do the Vellum files, I do the final cover and everything. For the Kickstarters, actually, Tami's got more expertise, so Tami's going to be working on the Kickstarters for our collections together.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If I had to do all this on my own, it's a ton of work. It's a ton of work. So it is nice to split it up.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> And of course, one of the things is managing so many moving parts—and you've actually built a tool to manage all this.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So tell us a bit about that tool, and how it might be useful for people with big backlists as well as anthologies.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> I built what I think of as a publishing management application. The original idea is that, for years and years, I wanted a software tool that would do catalogue management, because I was managing my own catalogue, and I was also managing—at this point I've published at least 20 anthologies, so that's a lot of authors.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then last summer, I had an author who I'd published a number of times, who was going to, I think, WorldCon, and she asked if I could give her covers for five anthologies she'd been in, so that she could make some promotional material. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was like, &#8220;Oh, sure, I can do that.&#8221; And then I was like, &#8220;Well, wait a second—is this in Notion?&#8221;—because I started trying to use Notion last year—&#8221;or is it in a spreadsheet?&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It turned out her information was in, like, three different places, and I had to work to pull it together. And then I was like, &#8220;You know what? That's it. I'm just going to finally write this application.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So Inkwren manages your stories. As an author, I can manage my stories—I can track which are published, which are drafts, which are just ideas. I can track my publications. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">From the publisher standpoint, it's really helpful, because I can track each anthology I've published and what I'm working on. I can track the edits, I can track the contracts.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I can upload contract templates—so we talked earlier about the original and reprint contract templates that I use. I upload those, and they have placeholders in them. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I generate the actual contract, the author's name will replace the placeholder—I'll have the text &#8220;author name&#8221; in the contract template, and it'll get replaced by, like, &#8220;Joanna Penn&#8221; or whatever. So that saves a lot of time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I also added in task tracking, because I started to feel like, well, now all my stuff is in one place, but my tasks are somewhere else. So now I can associate tasks with a publication. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For example, for the book I'm working on right now, I know which tasks I need to do for the cover, and which for the interior, and everything. I have a template of tasks.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I can also track tasks related to promotions. For example, the story bundle I'm promoting right now, I have a task for each interview I'm doing with the authors, and I have a calendar view. I can see when I'm going to publish them and know that they're all spread out. It saves me so much time, and it's so much easier.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I do think building tools when you actually need the tool yourself is very useful. Just say the name again, and spell it out for people.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> It's Inkwren. My own personal publishing company is Blackbird Publishing, and I wanted something related to birds and writing. So I came up with Inkwren, which is I-N-K-W-R-E-N, and it's just <a href="https://inkwren.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">inkwren.com</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: And it is available for other people to potentially buy and use?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes, it is.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Well, I think that's super useful, because it's very hard when people are starting out and they think, &#8220;Oh, I've only got one book—why would I need any kind of tool to manage it?&#8221; But over the years, your backlist grows, especially with short stories. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I love that you've built this, and there's probably more that you can add over time as you expand the business yourself. So much potential. So we are at the end. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where can people find you and your books and everything you do online?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> My author website is <a href="https://jamieferguson.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">JamieFerguson.com</a>. And then, obviously, I mentioned <a href="https://inkwren.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Inkwren</a> earlier. My publishing company is <a href="https://blackbirdpublishing.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">BlackbirdPublishing.com</a>. And then the projects I'm doing with Tami and DeAnna—we have a couple of websites, but the easiest way to find us is our press, which is <a href="https://borogrovepress.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">BorogrovePress.com</a>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Fantastic. Well, thanks so much for your time, Jamie. That was great.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Thanks, Joanna.</p><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/13/bundles-box-sets-and-anthologies-with-jamie-ferguson/">Bundles, Box Sets and Anthologies With Jamie Ferguson</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/13/bundles-box-sets-and-anthologies-with-jamie-ferguson/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="50860867" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/Podcast_JamieFerguson.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>59:42</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>What's the difference between a bundle, a box set, an anthology, and a collection? How can being part of an anthology be creatively interesting and useful for marketing? With Jamie Ferguson The post Bundles, Box Sets and Anthologies With Jamie Ferguson first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>What's the difference between a bundle, a box set, an anthology, and a collection? How can being part of an anthology be creatively interesting and useful for marketing? With Jamie Ferguson The post Bundles, Box Sets and Anthologies With Jamie Ferguson first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
		<item>
		<title>Author Voice Mastery, And Rebooting an Author Business With J. Daniel Sawyer</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/06/author-voice-mastery-and-rebooting-an-author-business-with-j-daniel-sawyer/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/06/author-voice-mastery-and-rebooting-an-author-business-with-j-daniel-sawyer/#comments</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Mon, 06 Jul 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Writing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[author voice]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37781</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>What happens to your creativity when you're in pain or sick, and can you ever get it back? How can you find and sharpen your author voice? J. Daniel Sawyer talks about voice mastery, writing with chronic pain, and building an eclectic author business. In the intro, leaning into your Strengths and deciding what you [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/06/author-voice-mastery-and-rebooting-an-author-business-with-j-daniel-sawyer/">Author Voice Mastery, And Rebooting an Author Business With J. Daniel Sawyer</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What happens to your creativity when you're in pain or sick, and can you ever get it back? <strong>How can you find and sharpen your author voice?</strong> J. Daniel Sawyer talks about voice mastery, writing with chronic pain, and building an eclectic author business.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the intro, leaning into your Strengths and deciding what you want to achieve by the end of the year; and <em><a href="https://www.jfpenn.com/bones" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Bones of the Deep</a></em> by J.F. Penn.</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter"><a href="https://www.prowritingaid.com/joanna" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="1200" height="300" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PWA-wordmark-1200x300-pink.png" alt="PWA wordmark 1200x300 pink" class="wp-image-36589" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PWA-wordmark-1200x300-pink.png 1200w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PWA-wordmark-1200x300-pink-300x75.png 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PWA-wordmark-1200x300-pink-1024x256.png 1024w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PWA-wordmark-1200x300-pink-768x192.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1200px) 100vw, 1200px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="http://www.prowritingaid.com/joanna" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a>Today's show is sponsored by ProWritingAid, writing and editing software that goes way beyond just grammar and typo checking. With its detailed reports on how to improve your writing and integration with writing software, ProWritingAid will help you improve your book&nbsp;<em>before</em>&nbsp;you send it to an editor, agent or publisher. Check it out for free or get 15% off the premium edition at&nbsp;<a href="http://www.prowritingaid.com/joanna" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">www.ProWritingAid.com/joanna</a></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This show is also supported by my Patrons. Join my Community at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.patreon.com/thecreativepenn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon.com/thecreativepenn</a>&nbsp;</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter size-full"><a href="https://jdsawyer.net/" target="_blank" rel=" noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="918" height="375" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/J-Daniel-Sawyer.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-37810" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/J-Daniel-Sawyer.jpg 918w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/J-Daniel-Sawyer-300x123.jpg 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/J-Daniel-Sawyer-768x314.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 918px) 100vw, 918px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph">J. Daniel Sawyer is the author of over 30 books across science fiction, fantasy, crime, short stories, and nonfiction, as well as being a podcaster and filmmaker. His latest book for authors is <em>The Pitch-Perfect Author: Voice Mastery for Writers</em>. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can listen above or on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">your favorite podcast app</a>&nbsp;or read the notes and links below. Here are the highlights and the full transcript is below.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Show Notes</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Writing fiction through chronic pain and re-emerging into health after surgery</li>



<li>How your physical health shapes (and darkens) your fiction</li>



<li>Rebooting an author business around a weekly Substack column</li>



<li>What author voice really is, and why it's fundamentally about sound</li>



<li>The building blocks of voice: functional vocabulary, dialect, and musicality</li>



<li>The &#8220;crossing the line twice&#8221; trick for hearing your own voice objectively</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find Dan at <a href="https://jdsawyer.net/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">JDsawyer.net</a> or on <a href="https://jdanielsawyer.substack.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Substack</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript of the interview with J. Daniel Sawyer</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> J. Daniel Sawyer is the author of over 30 books across science fiction, fantasy, crime, short stories, and nonfiction, as well as being a podcaster and filmmaker. His latest book for authors is <em>The Pitch-Perfect Author: Voice Mastery for Writers</em>. So welcome back to the show, Dan.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Hello, Joanna. It's good to be back.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Goodness me, you have been on the podcast a few times, but actually, the last time was April 2017, which is crazy. It's nine years ago. When I saw your book, I was like, &#8220;I can't believe we haven't talked for that long.&#8221; For anyone who doesn't know you, tell us a bit more about— </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What does your creative and author business look like these days?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Oh, well, these days it's in a state of recovery because it basically ground to a halt while I was dying a few years ago. It turned out I had an organ disease from the time I was a kid that I didn't know about, and it just progressively got worse and worse, putting me in more and more pain. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I hit a point around about 2020 or so where I was in so much pain that I couldn't write fiction.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I continued to write nonfiction, but when you're carrying around a lot of physical pain, there comes a point where so much of your brain's activity goes into coping with it that you actually lose the ability to model other people's emotional states—or at least well enough to write fiction.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I was very frustrated, and I was despairing that I was ever going to be a novelist again. Then suddenly, what I was sick with went acute. I went to the emergency room, and they're like, &#8220;Oh, if you don't have surgery in the next 24 hours, you're going to die.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I went and got surgery, and there was one bed in the whole state. There was a three-hour drive to get to the one that was available in the time window. I get there. They wheel me into the OR. I wake up afterwards, and I realise that I'm not in pain, and that I had never felt that before in my adult life.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Wow.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Just the walls of my whole reality came caving in. Two weeks later, I was back up and working, and since then I've been slowly reacquiring my ability to write fiction. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So now I've got four novels going again, like I used to have going all the time, as well as doing a weekly column and all sorts of other stuff.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think a lot of people will be interested in this. A lot of writers have chronic pain issues or chronic health issues, and yours sounds like it was a sort of down, down, down, down—and then more of a sudden up.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Maybe just talk a bit more, because I feel like a lot of the time people are too hard on themselves about, &#8220;Oh my goodness, if I can't write fiction, is it the end of everything?&#8221; </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So how did you adapt to that, with the mental health aspect of dealing with that change in circumstance?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Well, it was happening so gradually, and it happened at the same time that a whole bunch of other weirdly stressful things happened, like COVID and a couple of family emergencies that derailed my whole life for a couple of years. I assumed it was just really bad stress that would pass with time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I had the despairing feeling, because when you write fiction, it tends to occupy a central place in your self-concept. I'd also been through very tough times before, so I was like, &#8220;Well, got through that then, maybe I'll get through this now.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I just made sure to keep writing something, because at least you keep the discipline of the words flowing. There was still thought going on, so I would have ideas for novels and write them down. There were good days and bad days.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Occasionally I would sit down and be like, &#8220;I feel like fiction today,&#8221; and I would write a couple thousand words, and then it would be 10 months before I could do that again.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When you work with your mind, it is really easy to develop or sink into the delusion that your mind is not your body. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now, if you're paralysed or you're missing limbs, you can still write—but your mind and your body are a single system, and eventually, if something terrible is wrong with your body, it's going to affect your cognition, your emotive abilities, and all the things that we depend on for creativity.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That doesn't necessarily mean that if you're sick or injured, or you've got chronic health problems from birth, that you can't write. It just means that it really is one of the factors that goes into shaping your experience of the world, that goes into shaping the way you process things and they come out on paper.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When there's a massive change in your health, it's going to show up in your fiction somehow. If your health goes way down, especially if you get into a lot of pain or you have a terminal illness, your fiction's going to get darker.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the reasons—I discovered this after I got my surgery—one of the reasons is that the sense of impending doom is actually a medical symptom of organ death.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Well, don't say that to a dark writer like me. I have a sense of impending doom the entire time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Well, there's a cognitive sense of impending doom that you get if you're modelling systems and you see how things can go wrong. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But the sense that you feel the claws of demons grasping at your heart all the time—that can be a medical symptom. So pay attention to that. I didn't know that until afterwards, or I'd have gotten looked at a lot sooner.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> That is really interesting. You mentioned there you are reacquiring the ability to write fiction, or that's what you've been focusing on. You also talked about having to reboot the business. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what are some of the concrete things you're doing to rebuild?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Well, the first thing I did is I allowed myself to get talked into doing a weekly Substack column a couple of years ago, and that's worked out really well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Pay is pretty decent. I've been posting most everything for free except for some previews of upcoming books, but I'm now learning the art of paywalling, so that also helps. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Getting paid for the weekly column is quite nice, and a side effect is that it does drive people occasionally to the fiction, even though I'm writing nonfiction.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It more frequently drives people to the nonfiction books, but it gives me a good place to announce new releases, to promote book bundles, Kickstarters, and all that sort of thing. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's a very good place for that because the people who are subscribing there—especially the people who are subscribing and supporting—are interested enough in what I'm saying that they want my email every week. So it's a good filtering mechanism for building the email list as well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> You used to do a lot of audio. That's how we connected way back, like 17 years ago, I think, when we first connected. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So are you still doing a lot of audio?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> I am not at the moment. It's not because of a decision to drop the audio. It's because I am now building my house, and I don't have a place that's quiet enough to record dependably.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm living in a little RV at the moment while I build the house. In the deep winter, everything is quiet enough in the forest to record some things, and so I do audiobooks for clients, and I work on audiobooks of my own that are coming out.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's not quiet enough to podcast, and it's not quiet enough to be recording any other time than when the whole world is asleep. Hopefully by next year I will have the recording studio building built, and then I'll be back at it. Because boy, I miss it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I know. So you mentioned there bundles and Kickstarters and things, and we reconnected because I bought a StoryBundle, and your new book, <em>The Pitch-Perfect Author</em>, was in the StoryBundle, which was part of why I bought it anyway. So let's get into the book and what's useful. Let's start with—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is author voice anyway, and why is it important?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Author voice. Everything about the way that you write is part of your author voice. The themes that you gravitate to, the way that you turn a phrase, the way that you tell a joke, the way that you handle dramatic tension.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When all of that combines, it creates in the reader's mind an emotional fingerprint, a gestalt that says, &#8220;This is a Joanna Penn book. This is a Dan Sawyer book,&#8221; or whoever.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When you bring the focus down further, author voice is fundamentally an auditory phenomenon. You can see this if you look at the careers of writers who had major worldview shifts during their career, or who shifted genres.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you read an Isaac Asimov mystery, and you read <em>Asimov's Guide to the Bible</em>, and you read Isaac Asimov's <em>The Robots of Dawn</em>, they're all Asimov. You can hear him talking to you through all of those different venues.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So author voice is not a genre thing. It's not dependent on content. It has to do fundamentally with how your brain processes language and how it comes out of your mouth.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That, in turn, is based on patterns that were laid down when you were pre-verbal as an infant. You learned language by mapping the music of the conversations around you, and then gradually learning that the sing-song you were hearing corresponded to ideas. That's how the brain bootstraps itself into language.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So when you start writing, just like when you start speaking, you wind up imitating a lot—unconsciously—the people you've read and heard, because that's how you develop your voice. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There comes a point at which all the various influences on you, and who you are, and how they pass through you, crystallises into something definite.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">By the time you're a moderately competent writer, and you're finishing novels and short stories well, your author voice is pretty well established. But that doesn't mean it's sharp, because most people don't actually concentrate on learning to hear their author voice, so they can't tell when it's off.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is why new writers who revise a lot tend to revise their voice right out. When they write, they're using language as feels right to them, but when they read, they're reading it like an English teacher, or through the lens of someone who has very definite ideas about how grammar should work in all circumstances.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So they tend to smooth the quirkiness out of their voice, and what you get is something flat. It doesn't feel alive. It may convey information, it may tell a good story, but it doesn't feel like you're entering something that's living.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think this is so difficult, especially for people who are new to writing. Because I remember very much spending the first few years going along to writers' conferences, and there were always sessions on &#8220;you must find your writer's voice.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You must find your author's voice, and we publish books because of the voice, and all this. It was very, very confusing to me. As you say, it has to emerge somehow, and yet that emergence seems to be very hard to accept. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what are some of the ways we can perhaps think about voice?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You mentioned there some patterns. You talk about music. So what are some of those angles? In the book, you have different chapters on all of these things, but maybe just talk more about some of the elements.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> The first and most obvious is functional vocabulary. This is not the number of words that you know. These are the words that you can reach for in the moment. You can expand your functional vocabulary by deliberately using more words—burnish your inner thesaurus. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The greater your functional vocabulary is, the more your personality is going to come out through your voice. When you've got more options to do something that's just the way that you want to do it, the closer it's going to be to the way you want to do it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So there's functional vocabulary. There's your native dialect and accent. You, being British, have a different set of preferred terms for everything than I, being a West Coast American, do.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the great differences that's always visible between an English writer and an American writer is that you guys have a different way of speaking. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When you speak of a difference between one thing and another, you talk about how this car is different <em>to</em> that car. And Americans say this car is different <em>from</em> that car. It always marks out a British writer versus an American writer.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There are 100 little things like that. They happen not just between major countries, but within regions in every country. You could tell on paper the difference between someone from Yorkshire and someone from London, just as I can tell on paper the difference between someone from the West Coast and someone from Mississippi.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Even if they're highly educated, the idiom, the preferred turns of phrase, the preferred imagery—all of that is going to be a little bit different, and it conveys that regionality.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's also the musicality of the language. This is the actual rhythm of the words with which you speak. When you learn to analyse poetry or to write poetry, you learn something called scansion. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">How a poem scans is—what are the beats of the lines, how are the beats of the lines related to each other, and how does the rhyme move in and out of that?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A Shakespearean sonnet, or a sonnet from the Elizabethan era, has a specific metre, a specific number of lines, and a specific rhyme scheme, and the metre is iambic pentameter.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">An iamb is &#8220;bum-bum,&#8221; if I remember right. It's the rhythm of the heartbeat. It's &#8220;bum-bum, bum-bum, bum-bum.&#8221; And you can hear it in the name of the metre, the iamb. The iambic pentameter is where the stressed syllable is the second syllable and the unstressed syllable is the first syllable.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">All of Shakespeare is written in blank verse, which is unrhymed iambic pentameter. The pentameter is five feet per line, so one iamb is &#8220;bum-bum&#8221;—that's one foot—and five of those makes one line of Shakespeare. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We all have inherent rhythms like that in the way we naturally speak, but we can also tweak those rhythms on purpose to achieve dramatic effect.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The iamb has the sound of the heartbeat. It's a very reassuring speech rhythm. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The trochaic is a much more rapid one—it mirrors the rhythm of a rapidly beating heart. So you see this a lot in Edgar Allan Poe, especially in his frenetic poems like &#8220;The Bells,&#8221; how they jingle, jingle, jangle on a hoary moonless night. There's a rushing sound to that metre.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You're going to find that you will automatically do a little bit of this, just the way that you'll automatically have picked up the convention of breaking sentences up into shorter lengths during really exciting or suspense-filled parts of your book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Once you know what it is, you can start to use it on purpose. Quite a lot of developing your voice is learning to recognise these latent, existing qualities in the way you communicate, and sharpening them up and making them conscious tools that you can pull in whenever you want.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> On the one hand, there are a lot of technical words there that are really interesting, and maybe poets know a lot more of those words than most other writers. The book is really interesting in that way—kind of learning about these different things.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I guess I want to reassure people as well that, as you said, some of this can be unconscious. So often when I'm self-editing and I'm reading a sentence to myself, there's something that doesn't feel right about it. So I will rewrite that sentence so that it feels right. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Sometimes we do something that might be grammatically less correct, but it sounds better than it did before. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So many of these things we almost know instinctively, just from reading so much.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Oh, yes. From reading so much and talking so much, and again, from the way you acquire language. That gives you a template in your head of what sounds right.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Language is inherently musical. So if you've ever listened to a song—especially one that wasn't recorded by a professional, but someone singing in a church choir, or your kid practising for a recital, or you practising for a recital—you know that feeling that happens when someone hits a wrong note.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's that little wince down in the core of your being, and then the song carries on and you forget about it, unless there are too many of them, in which case you just sort of cower and ooze out of the room. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That feeling of &#8220;Ooh, someone just hit a wrong note&#8221;—that's exactly the feeling you get when you're reading through to edit your work and something is off in the technical layer of your voice.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You should pay attention to that and rewrite so that it feels good, or feels great, which is even better. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You've got the opposite of the wince, which is that sense of rapture and joy if you're listening to a professional musician and they go on an amazing guitar solo, or a flautist does an incredible trill that just sends shivers up your spine.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That sense of excitement and joy—that's what happens when you're reading and the author does something with the language that makes the whole piece fly. So you want to be paying attention for those too, because those you'll commit without intending to. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When you're reading back and you find those, you want to make note of them, because that's you seeing where you are at your strongest with your voice.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">By learning both where you're making mistakes and where you're being brilliant—just like with anything else—you can start to advance towards being brilliant more often and making fewer mistakes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Then there's a difficulty around where the line is, especially when you're an early-stage writer. Many people work with editors, and you mentioned the problem of revising your voice away, and that may also happen if you're working with an editor.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Like you said, as a Brit, I work with an American editor, Kristen, and she's excellent. She's very, very good at letting my voice be my voice, and then fixing things that make it better. But a lot of people don't feel that way about their editors.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So how can people understand where those lines are between being well-edited and becoming a better writer, and then needing to hold the line on their voice?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> It really helps if you understand where you are weak. Why are you hiring the editor in the first place?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm a big believer in the utility of having other eyes on the manuscript, but it's really important to know what you're looking for from them. You and I have both been to the Oregon Coast writing seminars, back when that was a thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Mm.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> One of the things they would talk about with editors is when you've got a story editor or a beta reader who says, &#8220;Hey, something here didn't work in the story for me,&#8221; you usually don't want to look at that point. You want to trace back from that point to figure out where you set the wrong expectation.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Any editorial feedback is going to have a gap between what they notice and what really needs to be fixed. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As a writer, learning to interpret the feedback properly so that you actually elevate the material, instead of interpreting the feedback like you're trying to do customer service for an employer, where you just want to make the customer happy, is a really important skill to develop.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's regardless of whether the feedback has to do with voice or plot or characterisation or whatever. Some editors are really good at back-tracing and actually spotting the real problem. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Editors make their money, or get hired, or get picked by you to volunteer, because they're good at being an audience—not because they're good at being a writer. So learning to interpret the editorial feedback is a really important step in that maturation journey.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I think &#8220;maturation journey&#8221; is a good way to put it. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Personally, I think it was around book five when I really felt, &#8220;Okay, now I see what my voice actually is.&#8221; Like, it had to be five novels, and then I was like, &#8220;Okay, now I know.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I just didn't get it before then, and then finally—I don't know—a penny dropped or something. Maybe I grew into it, grew more confident, that kind of thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Yes, and that's actually about right. If you look at writers with a big catalogue, five books in is usually where they start really sounding like them. So that's a pretty normal maturation curve.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There is a way to speed it up, which is to read your books aloud—or even better, make audiobooks and then listen to them a thousand times. Listen to them until you are sick of them, and then listen to them until you start to like them again.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> That's a lot.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> It's a lot, but there's a really specific neurological mechanism at work. You're familiar with the comedy term &#8220;crossing the line twice,&#8221; right?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Not really.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Okay. Have you seen the Monty Python Spam sketch?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Okay. So for those of you who have not seen this—in the Monty Python Spam sketch, there's a couple, they're in a diner, and everything on the menu has spam in it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They say the word &#8220;spam&#8221; so much that you just want to shoot your television. But they keep it up, and then suddenly, at some point—it's a different point for everybody watching—they keep it going on long enough that everybody gets there. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">At some point, the word &#8220;spam&#8221; itself becomes hilarious, and you can't stop laughing, and you don't know why, because it shouldn't work, but goddammit it really does. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's so funny that we named junk email &#8220;spam&#8221; after this sketch, because it's a whole bunch of stuff that you don't want, but it keeps showing up anyway. That's crossing the line twice.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What's going on is that your brain is getting accustomed to a sound. It has extracted all of the meaning it can, and so it's doing what it does with all sensory input. When it thinks it's got it mapped out, it's trying to filter it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Unless you are going to sit and concentrate on it, you can't feel the texture of the fabric of your clothing on the back of your legs, because your brain—despite the fact that it's getting that input all the time—is filtering that out, because it needs you to have your resources free for thinking.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When you experience something over and over and over, no matter what it is or how complex it is, the brain habituates like that. But if that signal refuses to be filtered, and the input keeps coming, and it keeps getting more intense, or it stays persistent and it's too complex to filter easily, your brain starts to think, &#8220;Oh, maybe I shouldn't be filtering this out.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">&#8220;Maybe there's meaning here that's important for my survival that I hadn't extracted.&#8221; And so suddenly it starts searching for meaning to associate with that sensation—and that's the point at which the joke becomes funny again, or you start to experience your voice as if it's somebody else's.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When you begin to experience your author voice as if it's somebody else's, you can hear it as a distinct, objective style, rather than just as an echo of the voices that are in your head.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's why music students practise over and over and over, even on a piece they know cold. They're doing the same trick that I'm advocating with listening to your audiobooks until you're not sick of them anymore.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I mean, I think that's terrifying, because I just don't want to listen to my books over and over again. I think it's very interesting that you think it could shortcut that voice process.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Staying on audio—since we last spoke, I have done a lot of my own audiobook narration, mainly for nonfiction, but also my short stories. I haven't done my full-length fiction. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What I discovered in doing this is that what read fine to me when I was self-editing my own work on the page—and obviously I'm hearing it in my head—when I perform the audiobook, I actually have to edit things again. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what are some of your tips for how we can bridge that gap? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because that's kind of strange.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> So what's happening is that there's a much wider latitude of things that work on the page than what works with voice. The reason is that with voice, all of those rhythmic elements I was talking about before are really pronounced, as well as all the sensual elements.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Basically every word and sound has a mouth shape. The mouth shape affects the emotional valence of the sound.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Stuff that's unpleasant tends to have a really close-in feel—I'm trying to scrunch my face up—where you would grit your teeth and scrunch up your face if something is unpleasant. And if something is really pleasant, it tends to have a rounded feel, and our language reflects it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In fact, all languages reflect this, because language is a physical thing that's based on the sensuality of the body. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, like, in all cultures &#8220;mama&#8221; is the word for mother that babies first say, regardless of what it is. It has a round feel, because babies associate their mother with roundness. A lot of language is built up that way, from baseline sensual cues.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When you're working just in text, that aspect is not nearly as obvious to you. When you're reading, it's not as obvious to you. It's still at play, but when you go to do something verbally, and you go to read a text, all of those sensual cues come in at the same time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then the rhythm comes in hard, and you suddenly realise that—hey, that conveys the thought, but it doesn't feel right. So you wind up retooling a bit. There's also occasionally tongue twisters, which you have to work your way around. So that's why that happens.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Then I guess another thing—I hear quite often, people say, &#8220;Oh, I don't like my voice.&#8221; And they mean, &#8220;I don't like speaking out loud. I don't want to be on video. I don't want to be on audio.&#8221; I wonder—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Does that sort of resistance potentially affect their writing voice? Are there ways people can get over that feeling?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Yes, for sure. There are a few things that go into that. One is basic self-loathing. A lot of people carry it around. Most people learn to make a decent life even though they kind of secretly suspect that they're not worth anything, or they secretly find themselves revolting. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That kind of thing you can't really fix with exercises. That's something you fix with —</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Therapy.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Psychological work, or spiritual work, or that kind of thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> But the not liking the sound of your own voice—that's easy to fix. Here's why it happens. When you're listening to your voice as you speak, the bones in your head are amplifying the bass signals and attenuating the treble.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's kind of like if you were to shout in another room and your spouse hears you, but they can't make out the consonants. That's because all the consonants are being filtered out by the wall in between, but the bass is being resonated through. The same thing happens in your head. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So when you get on a microphone—especially if it's an accurate microphone—you're suddenly hearing what everybody else hears when you speak, and it sounds thin and tinny and unpleasant compared to what you're used to hearing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The really easy way to get around this is to get a microphone that is tuned for singers. The condenser mic that I have isn't made anymore, so I can't really recommend a good condenser mic. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you're on a dynamic mic, the Shure SM58 is the one to use. I podcasted with that for years before I could afford an upgrade. It is tuned for singers to sound as good as possible without any other help from the sound engineer, which means that the baseline sound for that microphone is what you're hearing in your head. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you use the right equipment, you get around that problem really quickly, to the extent that you can technically. Then after that, it's just a matter of crossing the line twice.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You listen to yourself enough that you stop hearing, &#8220;Oh my God, I'm talking,&#8221; and you start hearing, &#8220;Oh, that voice is making this sound.&#8221; And once you hear, &#8220;Oh, it's that voice making this sound,&#8221; you don't have that problem anymore, ever again.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, good. Well, hopefully that's fixed it for people. And of course, there are lots of brilliant things in the book, <em>The Pitch-Perfect Author</em>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Before we finish up, I did want to return to your Substack. I was having a look at it, and it includes some really interesting things. Like, you're doing this metalwork, which is really cool. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It felt coherent to me, because I know you, and you're a polymath, and you're interested in so many things. So your Substack kind of stood out to me as quite eclectic, compared to, say, other writers who are going on Substack to try and sell specific books. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So is this a deliberate marketing choice, or is it just be an interesting person and you will attract people who are interested more generally?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Well, I suppose it kind of winds up being the latter, but basically it's that I get bored easily. If I'm going to be writing every week, I need to stay interested in it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the books I wrote when I was really sick—that's not out on the market yet, but it is serialised on Substack—is a guide to self-education. It'll be coming out later this year on the general market. It's called <em>Reclaiming Your Mind: An Autodidact's Bible</em>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I talk in there quite a bit about the illusion of discrete areas of knowledge. There is a level of learning at which the silos of information start to collapse together. Woodworking and writing have a lot to do with each other.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A lot of the terminology we use in writing is pulled from the trades—especially woodworking, and metalworking, and gunsmithing. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As you begin to spot these connections between different areas of knowledge, it becomes really easy to slide between them for your hobbies, for your writing, for just your personal gratification.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As I've gotten older—and also as I've gotten access to a little space that's not contained within a teeny little apartment—I have just gone with it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As I've discovered, &#8220;Hey, this thing is tangentially connected to this other thing over here,&#8221; I'm like, &#8220;Oh, well, I'm going to go over to this other thing and see what's over there.&#8221; It's tremendously creatively fertile. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Since a lot of the things that our language connects us to have to do with trades and crafts and nature, it gets you out in the open air, which is really good for any writer—because sitting at a desk all day is worse than smoking three packs of cigarettes a day for 40 years.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I love that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> My curiosity is the chief feature of my Substack, and it kind of works for me as a writer, because it's also one of the chief features of my fiction.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Me too, and I was actually quite inspired by your Substack. Because I think this happens when you've been in the writing industry long enough. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Substack has become the sort of trendy place to be now.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">People are going into specific niches, very much like blogging did, and then podcasting had to be on a specific niche, and all this.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Of course, we know logically that, marketing a book—you know, if you had just a Substack on voice mastery, then for sure that would be a better marketing vehicle. But, as you say, how boring.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Well, it depends a lot on what you're trying to cultivate as an author. If you're a single-genre author with a very narrow niche, and you're really happy writing that kind of stuff, then a narrow column supporting it is not a bad idea.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Especially when you serialise old novels, once you've got 20 or 30 under your belt. That's not a bad idea, because you're trying to attract people who want one thing and want it regularly.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If I were to get a reader who wants one thing and wants it regularly, and finds it, say, in my Clarke Lantham mysteries, and then they hop over to my science fiction—oh boy, are they going to be pissed. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If they're not there for my voice, and they're just there for the way I write a mystery plot, then not only are they not going to get what they're looking for—but they're going to start to doubt whether they can trust that they're going to get what they're looking for in my next mystery.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Whereas if they're coming to me through something where the multiplicity of what I'm doing is on display—whether that's this Substack, or whether that's what I used to do on <em>The Every Day Novelist</em> when I was podcasting that, or whether it's what I did with all the after-shows on my fiction podcast when I was doing that—then they kind of know what they're in for. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The people who stick with me are more likely to be people who are in it for the experience of my voice. And for my bibliography, that's what I've got to offer, because I'm all over the place in terms of genre and subject matter.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, which is why I find you interesting.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Oh, why thank you.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: So where can people find you and your books online?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Well, you can find pretty much everything at <a href="https://jdsawyer.net/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">JDsawyer.net</a>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've got the weekly column at <a href="https://jdanielsawyer.substack.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">jdanielsawyer.substack.com</a>. At jdsawyer.net there's a page with all of my <a href="https://jdsawyer.net/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">podcasts</a> on it, and there's also a <a href="https://jdsawyer.net/book-list/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">store</a> with all of my books on it. Of course, everything is also available on Amazon and just about everywhere that the distributors take you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Brilliant. Well, thanks so much for your time, Dan. That was great.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Thank you, Joanna. It was great to talk to you again.</p><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/06/author-voice-mastery-and-rebooting-an-author-business-with-j-daniel-sawyer/">Author Voice Mastery, And Rebooting an Author Business With J. Daniel Sawyer</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/06/author-voice-mastery-and-rebooting-an-author-business-with-j-daniel-sawyer/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="42997565" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/Podcast_JDSawyer26.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>50:21</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>What happens to your creativity when you're in pain or sick, and can you ever get it back? How can you find and sharpen your author voice? J. Daniel Sawyer talks about voice mastery, writing with chronic pain, and building an eclectic author business. In the intro, leaning into your Strengths and deciding what you [&amp;#8230;] The post Author Voice Mastery, And Rebooting an Author Business With J. Daniel Sawyer first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>What happens to your creativity when you're in pain or sick, and can you ever get it back? How can you find and sharpen your author voice? J. Daniel Sawyer talks about voice mastery, writing with chronic pain, and building an eclectic author business. In the intro, leaning into your Strengths and deciding what you [&amp;#8230;] The post Author Voice Mastery, And Rebooting an Author Business With J. Daniel Sawyer first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
		<item>
		<title>Writing The Hard Stuff: Turning Difficult Subjects Into Meaningful Prose With Nicole Walker</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/29/writing-the-hard-stuff-turning-difficult-subjects-into-meaningful-prose-with-nicole-walker/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/29/writing-the-hard-stuff-turning-difficult-subjects-into-meaningful-prose-with-nicole-walker/#respond</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Mon, 29 Jun 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Writing]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37766</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>How do you write about the most painful experiences of your life without being overwhelmed by them? How can timed writing and a braided story help you untangle your hardest stories? With Nicole Walker.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/29/writing-the-hard-stuff-turning-difficult-subjects-into-meaningful-prose-with-nicole-walker/">Writing The Hard Stuff: Turning Difficult Subjects Into Meaningful Prose With Nicole Walker</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph">How do you write about the most painful experiences of your life without being overwhelmed by them? How can timed writing and a braided story help you untangle your hardest stories? With Nicole Walker.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the intro, Self-Publishing Pop Up Books [<a href="https://selfpublishingadvice.org/podcast-pop-up-books/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Self-Publishing with ALLi</a>]; New in KU [<a href="https://insights.bookbub.com/introducing-new-in-kindle-unlimited/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">BookBub</a>]; The solar sail theory of indie publishing [<a href="https://productiveindiefictionwriter.com/the-solar-sail-theory-of-indie-publishing/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">ProductiveIndieFictionWriter</a>]; <em><a href="https://www.jfpenn.com/bones" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Bones of the Deep</a></em>; <a href="https://theselfies.co.uk/2026shortlist/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Selfie Awards Shortlist 2026</a>. </p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter"><a href="https://www.publisherrocket.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="400" height="85" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/PublisherRocket.png" alt="" class="wp-image-33606" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/PublisherRocket.png 400w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/PublisherRocket-300x64.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 400px) 100vw, 400px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="http://www.publisherrocket.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a>This episode is sponsored by&nbsp;<a href="https://publisherrocket.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Publisher Rocket</a>, which will help you get your book in front of more Amazon readers so you can spend less time marketing and more time writing. I use Publisher Rocket for researching book titles, categories, and keywords — for new books and for updating my backlist. Check it out at&nbsp;<a href="https://publisherrocket.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">www.PublisherRocket.com</a></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This show is also supported by my Patrons. Join my Community at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.patreon.com/thecreativepenn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon.com/thecreativepenn</a>&nbsp;</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter size-full"><a href="https://nikwalk.com/" target="_blank" rel=" noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="907" height="300" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Nicole-Walker.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-37801" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Nicole-Walker.jpg 907w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Nicole-Walker-300x99.jpg 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Nicole-Walker-768x254.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 907px) 100vw, 907px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Nicole Walker is a nonfiction author, essayist, poet, and editor, as well as a creative writing teacher. Her latest book is <em>Writing the Hard Stuff: Turning Difficult Subjects into Meaningful Prose</em>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can listen above or on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">your favorite podcast app</a>&nbsp;or read the notes and links below. Here are the highlights and the full transcript is below.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Show Notes</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Why writing helps us understand &#8220;the puzzles of the universe&#8221; — and when to trust that intuition</li>



<li>The braided essay: alternating between trauma and an everyday obsession to unlock the hard stuff</li>



<li>How two-minute timed writing lets you go deep and then safely step back</li>



<li>Rooting pain in the body, using the senses, scene, and dialogue instead of words like &#8220;trauma&#8221;</li>



<li>Truth in memoir, big T versus little t, and the emerging genre of speculative nonfiction</li>



<li>What actually sells books: pairing up on book tour and getting readers back out into the world</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find Nicole and <a href="https://nikwalk.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">NikWalk.com</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript of the interview with Nicole Walker</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Nicole Walker is a nonfiction author, essayist, poet, and editor, as well as a creative writing teacher. Her latest book is <em>Writing the Hard Stuff: Turning Difficult Subjects into Meaningful Prose</em>. So welcome to the show, Nicole.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> Hi, Joanna. It's so nice to be here.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I've lots to talk about, but first up— </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Tell us a bit more about you and your journey into writing and publishing.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> I was always a writer. As all writers say, I've been writing since I was five. I kept little journals and things like that, and I was on the high school literary magazine. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was an English major in college, but that was always tempered with some serious commitment to the sciences, to English literature, to German, to Spanish.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I had a wide variety of interests, but there was always something that tugged at me about writing that made me feel like, this is where I feel most at home. This is the way I like to understand the puzzles of the universe. This is how I make sense of the world—through writing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So even though I got my BA in English at Reed College in Portland, Oregon, I stuck around Portland for a few years because I loved it. I worked for various non-profits, and that was great. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">At some point I said, &#8220;I really want to take this seriously.&#8221; So I went ahead and applied to graduate school, and ended up in the University of Utah's PhD programme, where I stayed for eight very lovely years.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I always recommend to my own students: never graduate. Stay in graduate school forever, because it's such a beautiful place where people support your writing. You have professors who support it, but more importantly, you have your cohort. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To this day, I have so many great friends. You make a lot of friends if you stick around for eight years.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That sort of community-building is, I think, the other part of why I became a writer. Writing by myself is obviously a lonely business, and there's a lot of internal struggle that happens with that. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have found a literary community, both at the University of Utah and then growing from there, serving as president of the NonfictioNOW Conference, teaching my own graduate students, serving as the series editor for Crux, the imprint at the University of Georgia Press.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I feel like my world has expanded because of my writing. So that's been a true gift.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, I love that.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I love that you said you understand the puzzles of the universe through writing, and that this tugged at you. Could talk about that a bit more?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because a lot of listeners, I think, sometimes mistrust that feeling. They think, &#8220;Oh, maybe I shouldn't necessarily lean into that intuition.&#8221; It feels like you leaned very strongly into an intuition that this was the way.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> Yes, and this book in particular, <em>Writing the Hard Stuff</em>, takes that to heart. I think about writing the hard stuff as writing all kinds of tricky things—things that are really hard to communicate.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The book begins revolving around personal trauma. Things that happened in my childhood, as well as difficult subjects that happen to us when we're growing up. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It also includes things like environmental issues and political issues: things that are really hard to talk about, that are philosophically difficult to express, that can be controversial, and that you can put people off by talking about.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the goals of the book—one of my own philosophies—is that by looking deeply into the knotted ball of string that is a kind of trauma or a kind of difficulty, and beginning to pull those strings out, that's where you start to not only make meaning out of what happened to you, or what this particular problem is, but those strings themselves become connections.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I talk about Donna Haraway's book <em>Staying with the Trouble</em>. It's primarily about how we can overcome our political differences regarding climate change, and one of her examples is to change the way we think about narrative.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In Western thought, we often think there's a beginning, a middle, and an end, and she brings up the Navajo game that we all know as cat's cradle.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So if you think of that ball of knots—your trauma, your difficult subject—you start pulling out the strings, and then you start playing with it. With cat's cradle, you make one design with your hands, and then a friend pulls it around and turns it into another design.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To me, that's how reading and writing work. We share, and we build on each other's ideas, but we're always connected by those strings. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So if you have this difficult subject and you're shying away from it, you're losing, I think, some of the opportunity to make connections and to make sense of what that nest of string sitting in your stomach actually is.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I love that metaphor. I think it's brilliant. I've never heard it described that way, and I think it's fantastic. What's interesting is that some people don't have a mind's eye—I know several listeners who don't. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So while in my mind I'm picturing the ball of string and then the cat's cradle, some people won't be able to do that, which is also fascinating in terms of how people's brains work.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In terms of how you'd recommend people think about it: this ball of string that we want to turn into a design like a cat's cradle is a total mess. So where do we even start? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do we know where to start pulling on the threads?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because it might just feel like it's out of control.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> Oh, I deeply appreciate both the idea that some people don't have that mind's eye, or just think differently. We all have different ways of imagining what we call our trauma, this nest of problems, this ball of string.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Of course a metaphor does oversimplify in some ways. I say, &#8220;Well, you just take one of the ends of the string and start pulling.&#8221; But practically, what does that really mean to do? There are a couple of things I suggest in the book and offer at workshops. One is an exercise I call writing the braided essay.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I ask the writer to sit down and think about a scene that was difficult in their life—something that had a lot of tension, that they're really still struggling with, that they don't love thinking about. I'm going to ask them to go there for just a couple of minutes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then there's the other side of the braided essay: I ask them to think about something completely different, completely off-topic. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Perhaps a walk they took in the aspen grove, or what they were making for dinner last night, or perhaps they're deeply invested in the networks of the blood in the human body—anything they're fascinated and obsessed with.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I say, &#8220;Okay, I want you to write about your difficult subject for two minutes, but then I'm going to give you a break, and you're going to pop over and talk about how you spent all day weeding your garden, and yet there are still weeds.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I'm going to ask people to go back and talk about their difficult subject, and then go back and talk about their obsession with weeds. They write about each of these things for two minutes. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What happens—which I think is a pretty compelling experiment, from my point of view and from theirs—is that they write back and forth, and they're able to take a break from the hard thing. They're also tempted to go back to it once they've had that break in their research. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The other thing that happens—and, you know, every book in nonfiction has to have a colon, so of course it's called <em>Writing the Hard Stuff: Turning Difficult Subjects into Meaningful Prose</em>—is that by going back and forth, you'll see the connections these writers make.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They make connections with word choice, with verbs, with colours and different kinds of imagery. They start to make meaning between those two ideas. What happens to the writer then—and to me, when I'm doing it—is that I now have something that is constructed.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it's not just this knot in my stomach. It's not just my interest in research. Now I've put these things together, and then I get to play. We get to the cat's cradle part of the metaphor, where I really start thinking about craft issues. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Why did I happen to bring these two ideas together? What might they have in common? What does it mean that I'm telling the story of my parents' divorce and my personal trauma, and in the research part I'm talking about weeds? Well, maybe I felt in the weeds. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You come up with some sort of overarching understanding of why you chose that research story, and it lets you go deeper into that personal trauma, now with some of the techniques of craft, which I think help shield you from some of the trauma and pain of that original hard story.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Again, I really love that idea. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do you also think the timed writing actually helps people go deep and then withdraw a bit, which psychologically may help them write about these difficult subjects? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">People are like, &#8220;I need to sit down for two hours and write about this deeply traumatic thing,&#8221; which of course feels like it's going to be too hard. So perhaps that two-minute process actually releases people from that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> Oh, absolutely. What a great way to think about it. It is prohibitive to sit down and think, &#8220;Okay, I'm going to go into the worst thing that ever happened to me and sit with it for two hours.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Going back and forth, you create energy and tension. But also, nobody wants to sit with something by themselves for two hours. If you think of research as your companion—&#8221;I'm coming in there with you, buddy&#8221;—you have something to rely on, this other side of the story, and it gives you that space.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The timed writing, the two minutes, two minutes, two minutes, also reminds you that you don't have to write for two hours straight any day. I have a goal where I write 500 words a day, which is mostly true, unless I'm really in the weeds.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We'll use two metaphors today: we'll use string, and now we'll be using weeds. But when I'm really in the weeds teaching, or going around the country talking about books, I really do write 500 words a day. I often try not to write too much more, because sometimes it loses freshness, and it can be overwhelming.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I really appreciate you saying that having that timed writing is important, but also that having that balance of deep emotional investigation with this more cerebral, informational crutch can really help you get into the subject and go deeper.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, and perhaps it anchors the writing in something concrete. Because with memoir particularly—having also written one—it can be too easy to lean on big words like &#8220;pain&#8221; or &#8220;trauma,&#8221; but that's actually meaningless in a book. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So why is it so important to be specific and concrete in our writing in order to convey these bigger topics?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> I think we know our own trauma. We know how it feels in our bodies, and we've been living with it for a long time. So it's pretty hard to communicate it to others. Why does it matter to other people? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Of course it matters to you, but how are you going to convey the breadth of that trouble with words that aren't rooted in the physical world?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The nice thing about rooting things in the physical world is that every one of us has a body. We have different bodies, but we share that in common. So it's the old trope of using your senses first. What did it feel like? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you can't think of what part of your body it particularly hurts in, you have the availability of metaphor to describe how that might have felt. You have the opportunity to create scene. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is particularly difficult for memoir writers, I think, because we imagine it's the fiction folks who have to use dialogue, who have to have a setting, who have to put their bodies in a place.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Thatt's one of my mantras when I teach: we need to be able to see where you are. We need to see what is physically happening, how the interactions work. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Dialogue, I think, is one of the best ways to literally get your body on the page—and to get your other characters, or subjects, on the page—because to speak, you have to have a body.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Once you start having dialogue, you can picture the way the speaker's face moves, the way they cross their legs. You can even picture the colour of the paint behind them, or the kind of chair they're sitting in. So dialogue is one of the first ways you can say, &#8220;All right, I must have a scene here.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I can't go on just telling people, &#8220;It was so traumatic. I suffered so much. It was terrible. I felt so much pain.&#8221; You can say that sometimes, that's totally fair, but you have to pair it with that physical, concrete imagery, so other people can begin to understand what it felt like for you in your body, so they can feel it in their body.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Interesting that you bring up dialogue because one of the issues with memoir is—I've had people compare it to truth with a small &#8220;t&#8221; and truth with a big &#8220;T.&#8221; So you're telling some kind of big truth about your life. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you're writing dialogue about something that actually happened to you, in memory, it's very unlikely that it actually happened in that way, so it's not necessarily small-&#8220;t&#8221; true. So on a practical note, what are your thoughts and tips on truth.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do we tell our own story even if others don't see it that way?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> This is a subject I'm deeply invested in right now. When I first started teaching creative nonfiction, it was at the height of the John D'Agata and David Shields questions. What is truth? Big T, little t? What am I obligated to do as a creative nonfiction writer?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I had a great friend, Angie Truong, who came to teach one of my classes, and she said, &#8220;Nonfiction is a pretty big spectrum. You have journalism on one end, and then you have the lyric essay on the other end.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You imagine the lyric essay is full of metaphors and things like that, so you can approach truth. You're saying, &#8220;This is what it felt like. This is what it seemed like.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Check out my newest favourite thing. It's called speculative nonfiction, and I use a little bit of this in my book <em>How to Plant a Billion Trees</em>, which <em>Writing the Hard Stuff</em> is somewhat based on.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I wrote them in tandem, which was a very strange and interesting and fun thing to do. But in <em>How to Plant a Billion Trees</em> I use this thing called speculative nonfiction, which goes even further along the spectrum, past the lyric essay, to this opportunity to use language like &#8220;perhaps,&#8221; &#8220;maybe,&#8221; &#8220;I imagined.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I have sections in my book where I can't remember the dialogue exactly, but I know that the dialogue in some sense matters—that what might have been said will do much more to convey what was happening than my exposition over the matter. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">By using those turns of phrase, you're alerting your reader: &#8220;Dear reader, this definitely is not exactly what happened, but this is how I recall it.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then you're being not only honest to the story and honest to your reader, but you're also conveying the feeling and the mood of the event—that other kind of truth that memoir is really trying to get at. It was like this for me, which is why I think this way now.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's a fledgling genre. I just read a book by Laraine Herring called <em>A Constellation of Ghosts: A Speculative Memoir with Ravens</em>. It's brilliant. It's an amazing book that pairs her actual colonoscopy and discovery of colon cancer with the story of her dad, who has passed already and comes back as a raven and helps her through it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So you're pulling on some of the tools of fiction, which creative nonfiction already has been doing. But it does so in this bright and, I feel, incredibly ethical way. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You're alerting your reader, &#8220;My dad is not really a raven.&#8221; But you're also saying, &#8220;Oh my gosh, I sensed he was with me. I sensed every time a raven approached that I had somebody's hand on my shoulder.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That, to me, has been a lot of fun—a much more imaginative way of creating some of those scenes than doing something like, &#8220;Well, I don't remember the dialogue.&#8221; Or, even worse—and we know people have been unethical in their approach—recreating the dialogue as if they'd had a tape recorder with them when they were 17 years old.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Mm.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> So I offer that as an option to your listeners, as something to experiment with. Allow yourself to have that imaginative opportunity to show the reader what it might have been like.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I love that. It's interesting, you talk there about the spectrum of nonfiction, which is ridiculously big, as is fiction. Obviously these are very big. But I wonder if we do get hemmed in by genre. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I love the idea of a speculative memoir. I'm going to have to go read that book because I can't even imagine what that really means. I feel hemmed in by my expectations of a memoir.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But then, from a business and marketing perspective—because we're all trying to sell our books—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do we risk not meeting the expectations of a reader of a genre that way?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> Right. One of the good and bad things about my literary career is that I've spanned a lot of genres. My PhD is actually in poetry. Nobody expects the full truth from poetry.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of my poetry professors once said she wrote this really sad poem about her father's death, and the audience was moved, and then her real father stood up and said, &#8220;Good job, daughter.&#8221; And someone in the audience was just shocked: &#8220;You just read a poem about your dead dad, and here he is!&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We have absolute expectations of genre, and expectations of truth, in everything we read. If you label it fiction, you're kind of off the hook—even though, of course, fiction uses so many elements of nonfiction: so much research, so much information, so much personal memory to create those fantastic landscapes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So when I think about how one sells one's memoir, I do think you also have to acknowledge what you expect your audience to be. With Laraine Herring's <em>A Constellation of Ghosts</em>, by putting &#8220;colon, a speculative memoir,&#8221; you're alerting your reader to that possibility.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And because it's a pretty far-out way of thinking right now, it probably does curtail some of the sales. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">On the other hand, think of memoirs that are written for celebrities, and how many of them are ghostwritten—or written with other people, where the ghostwriter's not even part of the thing—but it comes across as the most legit of all memoirs, because it's a celebrity and we know them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We associate their lives with their story, and their story must therefore be true. So I think, with all levels of creative nonfiction, it's incumbent upon the writer to suggest right off the bat what kind of nonfiction they're reading. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Are they reading journalism? Are they reading lyric essays? Are they reading speculative nonfiction?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think a lot, too—as an editor for a literary series for nonfiction books—about what I look for in memoir. It's something that takes the personal story and connects it into the larger conversation.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Even if the larger conversation is directly about what the main subject is about, to me it's still about the crux of the matter. Why does your story make an impact on the world in this bigger way? How do you let the world inform your story? How does your past and your trauma, or your difficulties, connect to a larger world?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Mm.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> To me, that's something some memoirs are capable of doing. Some memoirs are truly invested only in that personal story, which I think is totally legitimate too, because I love learning how people think. I love understanding. This is just how my brain works.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But in terms of sales? I don't know. Again, as the series editor and as the seller of my own books, I think you can't determine it in advance. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So you should probably write what you want to write, what feels right to you, using as many craft techniques as you can hone. But the market, to me, feels very non-negotiable. You never know exactly how things are going to turn out.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I deeply believe: write the best, most well-crafted book you can, and I do think your readers will find you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> We'll come back to marketing in a minute, but just returning to your own writing practice. I've got your book page up in front of me, and you've written all kinds of things: your essays, your memoirs, some fiction, and some poetry, as you mentioned. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I wondered: when you're researching something, or you've got a feeling about wanting to write, how do you choose the type of book you turn it into—or a poem, or an essay? Or do you pitch it as some kind of external work, or turn it into a workshop?</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do you turn an idea into what it will eventually be?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> I love that question because it's somewhat of a mystery to me, but I think I'm getting close to understanding. It really is in those first few words, that first sentence, that I think, &#8220;Okay, I know which direction this is going.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For example, the other day I woke up in the morning and thought, &#8220;All right, I'm writing this poem about how man took over for God, and that's how the planet ended up being such a mess.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I started writing it, and it was pretty lyrical at the beginning. But then I started making full sentences, and explaining things a little bit more, and I thought, &#8220;Okay, this is not a poem. It's going to be an essay.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I start writing fiction, I pull on something a little further, a little more distant from my experience, and then I pull it back into something more character-driven. For example, in a novel I'm writing, I begin with this whole story about McDonald's and ravens, and then I pull it back into the character.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If I were to diagram the sentences between a poem, the nonfiction, and the fiction, I think I'd see fundamental differences between the three.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: Do you work on multiple projects at the same time, or once you commit to something, is that what you finish? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Personally, I have lots of little things happening, and then a moment comes and I commit to a book, and I won't stop until I've finished that book—the rest will have to wait. It's that decision moment. How does it work for you?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> My process is pretty similar to yours. I have a number of ongoing projects, percolating here and there. Some days I'll think, &#8220;All right, today feels like a fiction day.&#8221; But for the most part, you're absolutely right. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's a bunch of little things I'm writing, or things I'm dabbling in, but once there's a critical mass—which I'd say is around 20,000 words or something—I'm all in, and I've got to focus on this project.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Even though I think I can do whatever multitasking, really it's important to try to maintain some sort of through-line in whatever project I'm working on. If I do that with too many projects, I lose that through-line.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also worry sometimes that the projects start to sound too similar. So say I'm writing a nonfiction collection and a novel—if I go back and forth every other day, those sentence differences I'm talking about might start to collapse, and they become too similar. Then what the heck would I be writing? I don't even know.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> It's interesting because you span academic publishing and, I guess, trade publishing—whatever you want to call it—where more non-academics read books. I'm just finishing up a master's myself at the moment, and writing academic stuff is completely different to writing my other books. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So when you're deciding on these books, are you aiming for a specific publication market—as in, you want an academic publisher, or you want a trade publisher? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do you think about publishing in the process?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> As much as I once really wanted to find some ground as a scholarly and academic writer—and I really do love to write reviews of other people's books, and <em>Writing the Hard Stuff</em> is a textbook that relies tremendously on so many other people's books.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That is really important to me because that goes back to how one both creates and thanks one's community for creating the literary world we live in—I feel like there's a smaller audience for that sort of academic writing. But it's something we should do. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As generous as you are here, for example, reaching out to other people about other people's books is probably the kindest thing you can do. So I hope to continue to take time to do that and make it part of my repertoire.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's not as fun, I'd say, as the imaginative elements of writing creative nonfiction, or fiction, or poetry. That's when I really love to groove and get into that mode of, &#8220;Oh, the words are coming. Oh, I never thought about it that way.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">With academic writing, I feel I sometimes write in a slightly more stilted voice. My friend Ander Monson, who teaches at the University of Arizona, has done a really great job of writing—whether it's his personal essays or his critical essays—where he maintains the same voice. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He doesn't move into that super-formal academic speak. He'll literally say things like, &#8220;You know,&#8221; or, &#8220;That's a banger of a sentence,&#8221; in the middle of an academic essay, and I really admire him for that. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I feel like maybe if academic writing were more receptive to people writing in their unique voices, then maybe more people would read it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes. One of the pieces of feedback on one of my earlier essays in my master's year was around my sentence structure—that it would be far more appropriate in a novel than in an academic essay. I was saying to my husband, &#8220;I can't believe this, but I'm just going to have to change my style.&#8221; It's very interesting.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We're almost out of time, and I also wanted to ask you: you have a recent blog post on how to try to get your forthcoming book attention in 4,231 simple steps, which made me laugh. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">We all find book marketing a challenge, so what have you found works best for you? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I should tell the listeners—there are not 4,000 steps in your blog post. Although I think people would want them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> Exactly. I stopped at 72, but I can go on. That was sort of the pre-publishing process. There have been so many great things that have happened, but a lot of them have been driven by me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have a publicist, but he works on a lot of other books, and I have a marketing person at Bloomsbury. They have to juggle a lot. The only person who is really, really, really committed to your book is you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I've written companion essays. I haven't had any luck publishing them, which hasn't been true in the past, so I wonder what's going on there. I'll write something for the Huffington Post or Newsweek that's tangentially related to my book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also might just write too much in essay voice instead of popular-magazine voice. As we were just talking about, academic voice versus novelistic voice. So that might be part of the problem too. Reaching out to people who might invite me onto podcasts has been really rewarding, and very, very kind.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think the best thing I did was to put myself on book tour and to pair myself with someone in that community. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've gone on book tour before by myself, and there have been occasions where there were two to three people in the audience, which can be really disheartening. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The problem wasn't so much the bookstore's fault or my book's fault—it's just that if you go to a bookstore in a town where nobody knows you, they're not going to put a lot of effort into making the date happen, unless you're super famous.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So what I did was find somebody in a community—a friend of mine—who would go with me and be part of the conversation. Even if their book was a couple of years old, we'd still go and have a conversation about each of our books.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This has worked tremendously well. People will come to see their friend, and then they'll be introduced to you, and they'll ask you questions and buy your book. You create new connections and new friends thanks to that friend and that place. So that's my number one recommendation for how to get the word out in the world.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also did all the social media stuff. It doesn't work as well as it used to. It's kind of a strange time. But because of my suggestion about going to bookstores with people you know&#8230; I think we're coming out of our COVID time, where we got so used to doing everything on our computers and just staying in our electronic universe.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">People are hungry to get out. So one thing I want to do, and haven't done yet, is throw a big party. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Go to weird places where you don't even do readings—you just offer people snacks and a glass of wine and say, &#8220;Hey, here's a book if you want to buy it.&#8221; To have these more informal gatherings that bring people together because I do think there's a hankering for people to get out into the world again.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> And just on that—you've got these two books coming at the same time: <em>How to Plant a Billion Trees</em>, which is the memoir, and <em>Writing the Hard Stuff</em>, the how-to book for writers. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">When you do these events, are you choosing one or the other depending on the audience? Or are you selling both at the same time? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because they're obviously very different.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> Yes, I'm definitely selling both at the same time. Although I probably push <em>How to Plant a Billion Trees</em> first, because most of the people I'm pairing with are also writers of nonfiction or memoir.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The other thing is, I can talk about <em>How to Plant a Billion Trees</em>, and if people have a really deep question about, &#8220;Well, how did you write this section?&#8221; I can say, &#8220;Well, if you refer to this book, <em>Writing the Hard Stuff</em>, you'll see.&#8221; So it's an easier segue.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think people aren't used to going to book events for craft books. But in the interview world—where people are reviewing books or interviewing me—<em>Writing the Hard Stuff</em> has definitely been the primary book I've been approached to speak about because people really do want techniques.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it depends on the context as to which book gets the spotlight, but it's been really fun to be able to talk about both in tandem. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don't know if they're competing against each other or supporting each other. That's my hope, that people think, &#8220;Oh, I read this one book, I might as well read the other one.&#8221; But that's asking a lot of people, to buy two books, so I try not to overstate that hope.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> They are very different, and I love the idea of doing that. Absolutely. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So where can people find you and your books online?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> You can find me at my Substack, which is <a href="http://substack.nikwalk.com" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">substack.nikwalk.com</a>—N-I-K-W-A-L-K. Or my website, which is the same: <a href="https://nikwalk.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">nikwalk.com</a>. I might just start going as Nik Walk in the world, so people can find me more easily.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also really love to support Bloomsbury. They have really good deals, especially on the audiobook for <em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/how-to-plant-a-billion-trees-9798216472193/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">How to Plant a Billion Trees</a></em>, and they also have good deals if you buy both books, you get free shipping. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So Bloomsbury is probably the number one place to get the books, but of course they're also available on Bookshop.org and Amazon.com, and on Amazon in the UK as well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Brilliant. Well, thanks so much for your time, Nicole. That was great.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> Oh, it was so fun to talk with you, Joanna. Thank you again so much for this opportunity.</p><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/29/writing-the-hard-stuff-turning-difficult-subjects-into-meaningful-prose-with-nicole-walker/">Writing The Hard Stuff: Turning Difficult Subjects Into Meaningful Prose With Nicole Walker</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/29/writing-the-hard-stuff-turning-difficult-subjects-into-meaningful-prose-with-nicole-walker/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="48043039" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/Podcast_NicoleWalker.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>56:21</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>How do you write about the most painful experiences of your life without being overwhelmed by them? How can timed writing and a braided story help you untangle your hardest stories? With Nicole Walker. The post Writing The Hard Stuff: Turning Difficult Subjects Into Meaningful Prose With Nicole Walker first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>How do you write about the most painful experiences of your life without being overwhelmed by them? How can timed writing and a braided story help you untangle your hardest stories? With Nicole Walker. The post Writing The Hard Stuff: Turning Difficult Subjects Into Meaningful Prose With Nicole Walker first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
		<item>
		<title>Creative Satisfaction, In Person Print Book Sales,  And Author Mindset With Mark Leslie Lefebvre</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/22/creative-satisfaction-in-person-print-book-sales-and-author-mindset-with-mark-leslie-lefebvre/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/22/creative-satisfaction-in-person-print-book-sales-and-author-mindset-with-mark-leslie-lefebvre/#respond</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Mon, 22 Jun 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Author Entrepreneur]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[author mindset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[selling direct]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37732</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>What if the real secret to a lasting writing career isn't talent or luck, but learning to thrive in the mess? Why are in-person events worthwhile even if the maths doesn't add up? How do you protect your creativity when the machines never sleep and the community is at one another's throats? With Mark Leslie Lefebvre</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/22/creative-satisfaction-in-person-print-book-sales-and-author-mindset-with-mark-leslie-lefebvre/">Creative Satisfaction, In Person Print Book Sales,  And Author Mindset With Mark Leslie Lefebvre</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What if the real secret to a lasting writing career isn't talent or luck, but learning to thrive in the mess?</strong> Why are in-person events worthwhile even if the maths doesn't add up? How do you protect your creativity when the machines never sleep and the community is at one another's throats? With Mark Leslie Lefebvre</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the intro, Has AI Already Killed Non-Fiction [<a href="https://tim.blog/2026/06/12/has-ai-already-killed-nonfiction/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Tim Ferriss</a>]; <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2019/07/01/ai-disruption-publishing-authors/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">9 ways that AI would disrupt authors and the publishing industry over the next decade</a>; <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/01/01/my-2026-creative-and-business-goals-with-joanna-penn/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Pivoting towards The Transformation Economy</a>; and Who do you serve?</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/kwl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="1024" height="176" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/KWL-Primary_Colour-1024x176.png" alt="" class="wp-image-35982" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/KWL-Primary_Colour-1024x176.png 1024w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/KWL-Primary_Colour-300x52.png 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/KWL-Primary_Colour-768x132.png 768w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/KWL-Primary_Colour-1536x264.png 1536w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/KWL-Primary_Colour-2048x352.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/kwl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a>This podcast is sponsored by&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/kwl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Kobo Writing Life</a>, which helps authors self-publish and reach readers in global markets through the Kobo eco-system. You can also subscribe to the&nbsp;<a href="http://kobowritinglife.com/category/kwl-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Kobo Writing Life podcast</a>&nbsp;for interviews with successful indie authors.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This show is also supported by my Patrons. Join my Community at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.patreon.com/thecreativepenn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon.com/thecreativepenn</a>&nbsp;</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter size-full"><a href="https://markleslie.ca/" target="_blank" rel=" noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="849" height="300" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Mark-Leslie.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-37774" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Mark-Leslie.jpg 849w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Mark-Leslie-300x106.jpg 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Mark-Leslie-768x271.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 849px) 100vw, 849px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Mark Leslie Lefebvre is the author of horror and paranormal fiction, as well as non-fiction travel and books for authors. He's also an editor, professional speaker, and the Director of Business Development at Draft2Digital. His latest book is <em>Stark Realities: Stacked Up Lessons Every Writer Needs to Know About the Business of Writing and Publishing</em>. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can listen above or on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">your favorite podcast app</a>&nbsp;or read the notes and links below. Here are the highlights and the full transcript is below.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Show Note</strong>s</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Why print and in-person events are making a comeback for indie authors</li>



<li>The case for (and against) licensing your voice clone through ElevenLabs</li>



<li>Why we keep selling books in person when the numbers rarely add up</li>



<li>Measuring success by creative satisfaction rather than money</li>



<li>Being honest about author earnings and the fear of being truly seen</li>



<li>Managing stress, divisiveness, and the noise around AI</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find Mark at <a href="https://markleslie.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">MarkLeslie.ca</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript of the interview with Mark Leslie Lefebvre</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo: </strong>Mark Leslie Lefebvre is the author of horror and paranormal fiction, as well as non-fiction travel and books for authors. He's also an editor, professional speaker, and the Director of Business Development at Draft2Digital. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">His latest book is <em>Stark Realities: Stacked Up Lessons Every Writer Needs to Know About the Business of Writing and Publishing</em>. Welcome back to the show, Mark.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Oh, hey, Jo. It's always an awesome time chatting with you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> You've been on the show lots of times over the years, but the last time was in September 2024, when we talked about selling books in person. So give us a bit of an update. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What does your writing and publishing business look like at the moment? How do you manage it alongside the day job and everything else you do?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Oh my God. Well, sleep is—no rest for the wicked, maybe. I'll sleep when I'm dead.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's so funny, it was just this last weekend in Waterloo. I was at Waterloo Book Fest, and somebody came up to my table—another author from one of the other tables—and said, &#8220;I heard you on the The Creative Penn Podcast. And then when you mentioned something about Waterloo, I said, &#8216;He can't be from Waterloo.' And then when you mentioned the skeleton, I said, &#8216;I know where he lives.'&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> That's scary.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> So I love the fact that there are so many of your listeners all over the world, and that's usually how people know me. No matter what else I've done, it's like, &#8220;Oh, you've been on Joanna Penn's podcast.&#8221; I'll say, &#8220;Yes, I have.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You know what's really funny? The last time I was on the podcast, we were talking about <em>A Book in Hand</em>, which I was supposed to release that year.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> I just added another 5,000 words to it this morning.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Wait, it's still not published?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> No, and it's so funny. I actually have the first 60,000 words of it with an editor right now, and I told her I'd get her the rest of it, which I thought would be another 20,000 words, by the end of June. But I think it's going to hit 100,000.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here's the weird thing that happened with this. This is trying to accumulate my life of book selling, as well as doubling down on doing in-person events in the last several years. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I thought I was going to have the book done in 2024. I ran into some issues where I didn't back it up properly. It was an old version, and I accidentally overwrote the only version I had.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> So, for everyone listening, Mark—how many decades have you been an author and a publisher? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How come you're still missing deadlines and still not backing up your work properly?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Yes, this is a lesson: no matter how long you've been doing something, you can still make boneheaded errors. So if you, dear listener, have made mistakes, just know that this old guy who's been doing this since the mid-'80s still makes mistakes like that. Don't beat yourself up. I probably did something worse.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Anyway, that book I thought was going to be maybe 40, 45,000 words, it's going to be bigger than <em>Wide for the Win</em>—close to 100,000 words.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here's a really important lesson I learned in that, Jo. I thought the book would be something. It became something else. Through my own experiences of doing more in-person events, book signings, and library event.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Also in talking to awesome folks like Johnny B. Truant, Katie Cross, Todd Fahnestock, and so many other authors I know, and seeing what Ben Wolf is up to, and a whole bunch of different people who are doing in-person events.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In creating case studies for how they interact specifically with a bookstore or library, or how they do in-person selling—I really think the book wasn't ready then. It's like the recipe wasn't ready. I still needed to play with some things. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do sincerely have faith, since I got it into the editorial process, that this will be the year the book actually gets released.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> As you said, there are some really good lessons there around sometimes the book not being quite ready. I'd bought an early version from the StoryBundle, which is how I got this book as well, actually.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Yes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> That's another tip for people—<a href="https://storybundle.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">storybundle.com</a>. You can go and find some great bundles there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was also thinking, as you were talking, that maybe one of the reasons this book about in-person events has got so big is because that's a real trend in the community. It feels like indies, we've moved&#8230;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Back in the day, I said, &#8220;I'm not doing print. No way.&#8221; This was the early days of digital, because print was really hard back then. So I was like, &#8220;Oh, and we've got all the advantages doing digital, so I'm just going to focus on that.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It feels like the pendulum has swung, perhaps even more with the ease of mass production of digital with AI.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The focus on print and in person is getting stronger and stronger. Do you think that's happening?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Oh, yes, 100%. I did print in 2004. It was really hard back then, so that's gotten easier. I think there are a few reasons.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the reasons is, yes, digital made it so much easier for indie authors to get out there and break into the community. But the reality is that print books still outsell e-books in general—overall—despite the fact that indie authors can make six and seven figures a year from selling e-books alone on a single platform.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So print has never really gone away. It was just never something indie authors attended to. They were in a different business than traditional publishers were in.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And second, obviously I've got these gorgeous books that you've created on Kickstarter, because I like the beautiful books. I've never stopped buying print books. I actually buy more print books. I read more because of audiobooks and e-books, but I buy more print books, especially when I can get a nice signed copy.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then the other reason comes back, again, to your advice—something I've been following for the longest time, and you've long been saying. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do repeat this, and I try my best to offer attribution to you every time I use it: to double down on your humanity, particularly in this age of digital generation and the ability for even non-writers to leverage tools to create content.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think it's so much more important for me, as a creative who will never be able to catch up with the machines, to exploit my humanity. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, we both have digital voices of ourselves, right? There's a digital Mark Leslie Lefebvre voice that people can use, and I'm making money off it because people are able to license it through ElevenLabs.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But when I'm there in person, so far the holograms aren't good enough to fool people. I think I'm not just selling a book to somebody; I want to create an experience where, &#8220;Oh, I'm talking to the author, and we're signing a book together, and we're taking a selfie together.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For me, there's that tactile experience that's really enriching. And it may not be something that lines my pockets as easily, because the investment is more significant. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For every $10 I make, it costs me six or seven dollars, as opposed to an e-book, where the cost is amortised in the most beautiful way over millions of copies.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> There are a few things there. First of all, let's talk about that ElevenLabs voice licensing, because, as you say, I also have a voice clone. <em>Bones of the Deep</em>, the latest book, that's my voice clone.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I haven't gone with the licensing, partly because you don't have control over what someone can do with it. So, for example, someone could create Nazi content, or content that I might not agree with, in my voice. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So how have you got over that? Because part of me really does want to license my voice, and the other part doesn't.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> This is a great question, Jo, and I'm glad you asked it. It's the same reason I don't worry about people stealing my books—adding DRM onto my e-books and things like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I may as well make some money off it, because let's be honest: you and I, our voices are out there. Thousands of hours of our voices, right? In your podcast, my podcast, in various interviews we've done over the years.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The technology exists for someone to make a copy of my voice themselves anyway. The tools exist. They can do it easily, so why not do it myself and at least make money? I'm actually getting money deposited into my account. Not a lot—maybe $30, $18, something like that every week.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Again, I've taken a lot of my non-fiction books that I haven't had the time to record myself, as I like to do, and I can at least load those to ElevenLabs and make my voice the default voice. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But wouldn't it be great to be able to listen to my book in your voice? It would sound so much better. Because you can do that. When you listen to a book on that platform, you can choose my voice if you'd rather hear it in my voice, or you can choose Burt Reynolds' voice, or some other folks who've licensed theirs.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Again, for me, the whole concept of wide publishing has always been important. It's another small revenue stream that's adding to my numerous revenue streams.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I guess that's how I've justified just licensing the voice. If someone's going to do something with my voice that I can't control, they can do it regardless of whether or not I put it out there myself.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I agree with you. That could happen, and neither of us is famous enough that it's likely to happen anyway. I do quite like the idea of people using our voices, say, for other books for authors, because that would make sense—that's where we fit in the niche. I will rethink that, because I think it's interesting.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I wanted to come back to print books. You said sometimes there are easier ways to line your pockets, and I think that's funny. So, getting into the book, this leapt out at me quite near the beginning:</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Why do we keep doing this when the maths almost never adds up?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Oh, I have a perfect example of that from an event I did a couple of weekends ago in Burlington, Ontario. I think it was a $60 table fee. It was a new event. I believe I made $90 or $95 in sales. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So even after the costs of printing and all that stuff, I really didn't make money. I made my table back, which is always a good thing. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There were a few encounters I had with people who were really excited to find my Canadian Werewolf series of books, and just so thrilled to get started. Among the four of them, they bought one copy, but they were going to pass it amongst each other. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You know what? Okay, they bought a single copy, and I was like, &#8220;Well, the e-book is permanently free online. You don't even have to buy a copy&#8221;—which is anti-selling. I just want them to read the book and enjoy it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But if they read it and pass it along and start talking about it, they could become readers for a long time. It's an eight-book series, with the ninth book coming out later this year.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There was another encounter I had that day. A woman and her teenage daughter came in, and they were looking at my traditionally published books that I buy at a reduced price from a local bookstore and resell. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They were looking at these true ghost story books I had, and they were pointing: &#8220;Do you have that one?&#8221; &#8220;Yes, I have this one, I have that one.&#8221; And the mother's like, &#8220;Well, she collects all your books, and she wants to make sure she has them.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We had this conversation, and she was so excited to meet me in person and to get a signed copy of the book. That experience was such a vanity moment for me as an author. We're lonely. I'm a big loser. Nobody's buying my books. We're always down on ourselves. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that investment of time and energy, in order to get that little pat on the back or that feeling of, &#8220;Wow, I really connected with someone who likes my stuff&#8221;—those moments are really precious. They're difficult to explain if you only look at the world in a financial way.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I guess I'm fortunate enough that I do have enough income from numerous streams, including the consulting I do part-time, that it's okay if not every bookish endeavour leads to more money in my pocket at the end of the day. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I can still have these authentic connections with people, which I think is one of the reasons I'm a storyteller. Yes, it's the stories I have to tell, but it's also putting the story into somebody else's hands and eyes and heart and mind.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> You're very giving like that. You have that sense about you, whereas I'm just a curmudgeon in the corner.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> That is not true.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> It is, generally. I don't do events like you do for readers.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> But that's because it takes a lot out of you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, but that doesn't matter. Why do I write? I write for me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Ah, very good.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> At the end of the day—just being entirely selfish about this—when people say, &#8220;Oh, if you won the lottery, what would you do?&#8221; I'm like, &#8220;Well, I'd do pretty much what I'm doing now.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Yes, I'd just do the same. Of course, I'd write more books.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I'd write more books. So this is where I'm trying to get to for people as well: measuring success in a different way. You were talking about measuring success by how that girl loved your books, and how you feel when someone says they love your books.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">With <em>Bones of the Deep</em>, this thriller I've just done, I feel like I had the benefit of that book before anyone even read it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As soon as it was finished, I made a nice proof copy from BookVault, and I held it in my hand and said, &#8220;I made this. I'm proud of the story, I wrote the story, and it's outside my head now.&#8221; I feel like I'm creatively satisfied in that moment.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then, of course, the Kickstarter was great, and I love that the books are going out around the world, but—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I think the happiest I felt was that moment of finishing—that creative satisfaction of holding the book in my hand. You know what I mean?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> 100%, Jo. I cannot agree with you enough. I love so many aspects of writing. Yes, the connection with people is amazing. But I often say this when I'm doing my one-on-one consulting with authors: focus on the projects that mean the most to you, those passion projects. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The process of writing, and the painful rewriting and editing and all the things you go through—when you finish that book, like you said, you hold it in your hands and it is a thing of beauty. It's a huge achievement. You've won. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Whether or not you sell a single copy, you've won by doing it. Everything else is gravy: the sales, the money in your pocket or not, the reviews, positive or not, the people who say, &#8220;Oh my God, <em>Bones of the Deep</em>, thank you for writing this book. I'm so glad you introduced this into the world and into my life.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Anything beyond the creation itself, which is a pure joy—I love it so much. It's just why I get up at 5:30 every morning and write for hours before the rest of my day begins. I try to get stuff done before the rest of the world wakes up. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I want to get the writing done first, when I have the most energy to give myself to the page. Then the rest of the day is kind of gravy for me too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> You talk there about giving yourself to the page, but in <em>Stark Realities</em>—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">You talk about the fear of truly being seen. What do you mean by that, and how do you manage that feeling?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> For anyone who has written anything—fiction, non-fiction, memoir in particular, since it's a bit more closely tied to reality—it's exposing yourself to the world. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'll never forget an interview I did with Canadian science fiction author Julie E. Czerneda, who, before being a fiction writer, was writing biology textbooks, but her real passion was science fiction and fiction. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When her first novel came out, she said, &#8220;It's like standing naked on the front lawn.&#8221; When you release a book, even a novel, people look at it and they're going to judge you and rate you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I remember early on, Jo—we knew each other through Twitter, I think, where we initially met, and then interacted with and finally met in person at London Book Fair. I think you and I have a very similar reaction. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When people know us as positive and upbeat and out there helping authors in the community, and then they read our fiction, they go, &#8220;Well, Jo, you burned a nun alive on page one.&#8221; Or, &#8220;Mark, what kind of&#8230; they're drinking from the skulls of dead people? What the heck is going on with you two?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We are exposing parts of ourselves in our fiction and non-fiction. That's a fear I embrace, but also never get over, if that makes any sense. I write scary stories because I'm a big chicken. So maybe the entire process is just cheap therapy for me. Or not cheap, because it's an expensive pastime, isn't it?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> It certainly can be, but I agree. I struggle with fear of judgment still. I think it's also because we do this in public, which comes back to the financial side of things. We do a lot of this in public, and then people judge us on our author businesses too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You could look at <em>Bones of the Deep</em>, which was just on Kickstarter, and compare my Kickstarter to another author's Kickstarter for a fiction book, and judge one or the other person based on numbers.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I feel like this is because you and I have done so much in public—for me, almost 20 years, and for you, like 40 years or whatever. Maybe 30 years. You look that old.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Listen there, dearie. Get off my lawn.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, get off my lawn—with those skeletons you have on your lawn.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Yes. They're no longer in my closet.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> They're not in your closet. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I wonder if that also plays a part of it—the pros and cons of doing this business in public.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Yes, that is a part of it. One thing I try to be very clear about, because there's so much FOMO and so much out there about people thinking that everyone else is making a million dollars from their books and &#8220;I'm the only loser who's not&#8221;—I try to be clear that I have never made more than a mid-five figures as an author from my author earnings, ever. I haven't yet hit six figures.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the reasons I try to be transparent in sharing that is I don't want people to think that everyone else is a six- and seven-figure success story, and they're the only one who's only made $100 last year on their books. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The reality is, 90 to 99% of the people who are writing and publishing are not going to earn a significant amount of money.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I realise I'm also very, very lucky that I've earned this much, and it's taken a long time. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I just shared this in a Substack post I posted yesterday: it was 10 years of rejections before I got $5 for my first short story that was published in '92. It wasn't until 2001 that I finally made pro rate, six cents US a word, for a short story that, ironically, Julie Czerneda bought from me back in the day.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For me, I've been lucky that it's always been a long, slow slog. It's been a marathon, and I've never instantly sprinted across any dramatic finish line. I've had some really phenomenal moments—doing a book signing in a Costco, walking into Walmart and seeing my books there. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Even last night at the Burlington Public Library, going, &#8220;Wow, they have eight of my books here—four of my self-published books and four of my traditionally published books, in two different sections.&#8221; I was like, &#8220;That's kind of cool.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I've had these amazing moments as a writer, but I've never had the blockbuster—the Brandon Sanderson, or even the Dungeon Crawler Carl, Matt Dinniman, kind of moments. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I still think I've had a very fortunate and lucky journey. Even if I wasn't making the money I'm making, I'd still be writing, and I'm sure you would be too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, yes, for sure. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I actually think the thing most of us would probably let go is the marketing. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If we won the lottery, we'd carry on with all the creative stuff, the writing, the community stuff, and we'd just literally do no marketing at all.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Well, yes, of course. Or potentially say, &#8220;Oh, here, ad agency, here's some money. You just run it, whatever. Let me know if it works or not. I don't care.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> That's a much better idea.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> At least I've got the extra disposable income, so I may as well, because I'm helping the world when my books are out there. I know my books will help people. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I really honestly think that as storytellers—whether it's fiction or non-fiction, we're still storytellers—what we do in writing and podcasting and all the things we do, the re-sharing on social media, is really helping connect people. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think that is one of the most profound things we can do as writers. And I mean that the writing, in and of itself, is a reward.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Like you said, we met on Twitter when Twitter was what it was back in the day. I do very, very little social media now. But you just mentioned your Substack, and you also have your podcast, <em>Stark Reflections</em>. So how are you balancing what you put on each? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I only do this podcast now. I don't even blog. I write books, obviously, and then I do the podcast. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what are you doing differently on Substack to the podcast, and what part do they play in income and marketing?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Great question. I realise most people have never heard of me, or read or listened to the things I put out into the world. And I've been a longtime fan of &#8220;reduce, reuse, recycle my IP.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My podcast is not as long-running as yours, but I'm in my ninth year, and I've not missed a single Friday in the full eight years, or eight and a half by now, that I've been doing this. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Every week I reflect on what I learned from an interview, or I'll reflect on something you've posted and say, &#8220;This episode is not an interview, but Jo said this last week, and I'm going to talk about it.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The podcast itself takes a lot of work. I still do all of it myself, and I know I probably shouldn't, but I like doing it, so it's one of those tasks I enjoy. I also have reflections that aren't going to come out vocally but might come out in writing. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sometimes in the morning I'm not in the mood to write the novel or the non-fiction book I'm writing, but I'm writing some tangent. I just let the creative monster go.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I find that re-sharing&#8230; I might have reflected on something for a couple of minutes at the end of an interview, but I really want to expand upon it, so I write the Substack article. I try to reuse some of that content. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Someone's going to enjoy seeing it on a short video clip I share on YouTube, or whatever the platform is. Someone else is going to listen to it on a podcast, wherever they listen to podcasts, and someone else is going to want to read it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It could be the same information, just shared in a slightly different way, to potentially get it out to other people. So for me, it's part of that wide publishing mentality. I'm trying not to completely duplicate the work, although I am duplicating some of it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'll give you an example. Hey, Canadian listeners—if you have not registered for Public Lending Right in Canada, please put something in your calendar for February 2027, because the deadline's over. It was May 1st of 2026. Put it in your calendar for next year.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I even had somebody at this writers' event I was at this last weekend say, &#8220;You mentioned something in a presentation you did for the Canadian Authors Association about Public Lending Right, and thank you, because now I get thousands of dollars a year from this.&#8221; So just look up Public Lending Right.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've been saying stuff about Public Lending Right for at least 10 years now. Every time I get my beautiful multi-four-figure cheque from them in February every year, I post on social media and remind authors to check it out. I know it exists in the UK, and it exists in 36 countries in the world—just not the US.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Not the US.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> They don't have a programme like this, probably because the big publishers—and probably one of the authors' associations—think that libraries are cannibalising book sales, which is not true. It's been proven time and time again, and that lobbying has prevented it from happening. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Whereas here in Canada, the Canada Council for the Arts and the Writers' Union of Canada worked hard to make this happen.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Anyway, I talk about something like Public Lending Right and I feel like I must have said this so much that people are sick of it, but every single time I mention it, someone goes, &#8220;Oh my God, thanks for saying that. I never heard it.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's a good reminder, especially for folks like you and me. We know the basics. We know what an ISBN is. We know KDP Select means you can't put the e-book on any other retailer, or even sell it on your own website. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We know all these things, but it's hard for us to remember that there are folks coming to this for the very first time who've never heard it, even though we feel like, &#8220;Oh my God, I've said this till I'm blue in the face.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think I got that from retail. When I worked in retail, I recognised that somebody's going to come in and ask for &#8220;that blue book that Reese Witherspoon was talking about,&#8221; or Oprah was talking about, or whatever. And you do your darn best to help them figure it out rather than mock them. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I try to take the same approach when people ask me those questions, because I'm trying to remember what it was like when I honestly did not know the answer, and having someone take the time to help me. I've been very, very lucky that I've had a lot of people take the time to help me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'll never forget—God rest her soul—Nancy Kilpatrick, a horror writer here from Canada who passed away a few years ago. She gave me a blurb for my very first book in 2004 because she'd acquired one of my short stories for an anthology she'd edited. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was trying to call my short story collection an anthology, and she very kindly took me aside and said, &#8220;It's not an anthology if it's a single author. An anthology is a&#8230;&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I didn't know that until, like, last year. I got that wrong as well. There are lots of words like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I want to circle back, because you didn't really answer earlier about the time management. You just mentioned YouTube, on top of Substack and all the things you do. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You also have a day job at Draft2Digital—it's part-time, right? You also do part-time at the university, teaching publishing, right? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">You do all kinds of things. How do you manage your time with all of that?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Well, I mismanage my time more than I manage it, Jo. That's the God's honest truth. Fortunately, most of the things I have that aren't scheduled—like, scheduled to do this lecture at this time, or scheduled to have this meeting at this particular time with Draft2Digital—most of my work is very flexible.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do not work a regular 9:00 to 5:00, Monday to Friday. Well, I never did. I always worked way more. But I have a very flexible schedule. Every single day is a work day, and every single day is a play day for me. So I'm very, very lucky.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do schedule in the very important things, particularly where somebody else is reliant upon me—meetings and connections and stuff like that. Then I make the time first thing in the morning to get the writing done. Everything else is not as important, and it's part of&#8230; I guess it's part of playing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You know, like the social media sharing. I don't look at social media as marketing. I just look at it as another way to connect with people, with other creatives, and with readers potentially, all six people who read my stuff.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I probably could do a better job of managing my time. I've tried several times over the years to adapt processes to make it better, but I consistently default back to what I do, and so far I guess I've been getting away with it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I was like, &#8220;Do I want to waste more time trying to come up with a process, or do I just want to roll with it?&#8221; Because so far I haven't killed myself doing it, and I've been enjoying the journey. So, if it ain't broke&#8230;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think that's the point, if it doesn't feel like it's broken. Having known you for a long time now, and we work together—obviously we co-wrote <em>The Relaxed Author</em>—you do work very, very differently to me. You definitely are a little bit more chaotic. I'm chaotic in some ways too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Oh, you're very generous. &#8220;A little bit chaotic.&#8221; Thanks. That was generous, Jo.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong>  You're chaotic in your work practices and scheduling and all that, which I couldn't cope with very well. Even though I feel like a part of my brain is very chaotic—the creative side, I guess, can be quite chaotic—I think I'm actually quite controlling and very scheduled in my work practices.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As you say, for someone else on the outside, it might feel to me like you have too many balls in the air. But if you don't feel that, then that's the way of working that works for you. So this is another important thing, isn't it? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">You can't adapt to what other people say your life should look like. It's what feels good to you.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Oh, for sure. One thing I know about my procrastination tendency is that panic and fear motivate me. So, a deadline—&#8221;I have to get this into a publisher by this date, I have to get this manuscript to an editor by that date&#8221;—I'm motivated by fear. And I'm afraid of everything, so I guess I'm always motivated.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> But I also know that when you hear the word &#8220;deadline&#8221;—and I know a lot of people who do this—the deadline means you get it in on the deadline, or the day before the deadline. To me, a deadline means I have it ready a month earlier.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> I love that. I've done that a few times and shocked myself. I actually had a pre-order up—with the audiobook, the print, and the e-book—a month in advance, and I didn't know what to do with myself. I was like, &#8220;Well, what am I going to do now in the next month?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Work on the next thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> But I'm so used to working on it up to the last second that I was kind of like, &#8220;What do I do?&#8221; That actually caught me by surprise, and I honestly felt weird. I was like, &#8220;I've never felt this before.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm really lucky. I know you have a very supportive and amazing partner, and so do I. My partner, scarily enough, is maybe a bigger procrastinator than me, so she never gives me a hard time. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">She supports me, and I do the same thing with her own work. I'm up all night with her at the last minute so we can get something turned in. So, fortunately, we really understand one another, and we don't give each other a hard time. We just go, &#8220;Well, got away with it again. I guess I'm not going to change my ways.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> We made it. And again, that's the point. You and I could stand up in front of people, both hold up the last book we wrote, and say, &#8220;We made this,&#8221; and our processes are completely different. Our brains are completely different. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We come from different countries. There are lots of things that are different, and yet we both made a book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So hopefully that encourages people. You don't have to do anything that we're telling you, or anyone else tells you. But if you want to be an author, at some point you have to produce a book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Exactly. As Brian in the classic Monty Python film gets them to say: &#8220;Yes, we are all different.&#8221; Embrace that difference. I think that's such a powerful reminder that there is no one process for getting anything done.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Given that we co-wrote <em>The Relaxed Author</em> back in 2021—and we did that because we had another show, and we were talking, and we said, &#8220;Oh, everyone's stressed and the anxiety levels are really high, and we think there's a better path&#8221;—we co-wrote that book, which I think is still a very good book. Definitely people should get it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Interestingly, I think the stress and anxiety might actually be higher now than it was. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what do you think the main stresses are in the community now? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You also see a lot with Draft2Digital, I guess, as well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Oh, for sure. Honestly, Jo, I'm so glad we wrote that book, because I actually pick it up every once in a while to remind myself of the things we tried to help others with. Again, it's therapy for me as well, so I'm so glad we did it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think we're 10, if not 100, times more stressed. The world events and things going on, the divisiveness—not just in the world in general, in politics and everything else, but the divisiveness in the author community. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The witch-hunting that happens, people trying to tear down other authors either because they're successful, or because, &#8220;Oh my God, you dared use a new technology.&#8221; All of these things are happening, and everyone's at one another's throats. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I need to pick that book up and reread it. I'm a lot more stressed than I was. I'm just getting over shingles, which is&#8230;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh. Which is actually related to stress as well, isn't it?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> It is, yes. I was in LA for Writers of the Future—I'm a judge for that science fiction and fantasy conference. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I went right from LA, like a week in LA, which was a phenomenal experience getting to mentor the winners. And I mean, come on, it's a free trip to Hollywood, hanging out with Kevin Anderson, having beers and stuff like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I came back to the Toronto Indie Author Conference, run by Tao Wong, here in Toronto. I went right from the airport—didn't even go home—straight to the hotel, because I kicked into another conference. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We did a display on how to set up an in-person booth, so I ended up having to hand-bomb boxes, blocks down the street from where I was parked. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My chest was really sore when I got home on the Monday, and I thought it was because I hadn't used these muscles, because I'm not in the best shape. Then I took my shirt off and went, &#8220;Oh, there's a rash there.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Liz goes, &#8220;You have shingles.&#8221; Because the pain in my chest, which I thought was the muscle, was actually underneath. I'm one of those lucky people that it's taken the full five weeks, and I'm still in pain even afterwards. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, again, public notice: if you're an older person like me, and there's a vaccine available for shingles, you may want to consider it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yep, get it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Oh my God, it hurts. But, yes, the stress, I think, is higher—even though I didn't know I was feeling it. It was happy stress, right? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was stressed out because I'm there in Hollywood, helping people and doing some good things, and then I'm doing the same thing, interacting with some amazing authors at the Toronto Indie Author Conference. I didn't feel anxious stress. I was happy stress. Is that a thing?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think possibly&#8230; your physical body masks stress, physical stress, because you enjoy all of that stuff. Whereas someone like me, I'll feel it quicker and withdraw.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Although I say that, back probably a decade ago, Jonathan would say to me, &#8220;You're going too fast, and you're going to hit the wall. And when you hit the wall, it's not going to be fun.&#8221; And I did hit the wall. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then, probably in 2021—I mean, that was when I just started going into menopause, and obviously we had the pandemic, and I wrote <em>Pilgrimage</em>, and I was doing all those walks, which I think really helped me. I learned a lot about maybe stopping that before it happened.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Becca Syme obviously talks a lot about this too. But I find it interesting with you, because I think you're so positively happy with these events you do that it might mask your physical symptoms in a different way. That's really hard to watch out for. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'll give a tip to you and everyone else listening: schedule the calendar, and look at your calendar and go, &#8220;I can't go back-to-back-to-back. I have to put in some rest days.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Well, thank you. You know, Jo, you and Becca Syme are two of my best unpaid therapists. I appreciate that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> You just don't listen, Mark.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Or sometimes I do.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Just coming back to the community, and the divisiveness there is primarily  over AI at the moment, I think that's one of the biggest things. And the arbitrary lines as to what you're allowed to use it for and what you're not allowed to use it for, which is just kind of crazy.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Obviously, you know I've opted out of that whole discussion now. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do you think we can move through this [divisiveness over AI], move on? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We remember when it was trad versus indie, and then it was wide versus KU. So this will pass—it's just hard, when you're in it, to know when it might pass.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Yes. I think the more generic advice—for whatever may come, whatever has come—is: why are you doing this? Why are you a writer? Heads down, focus on what gives you pleasure, and do that, because everything else is noise. All the marketing tactics and strategies, and all the people yelling at one another.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Write your books. Do the things that motivate you. Do the things that give you that intrinsic reward.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's hard to ignore. I get it, it is hard to ignore. I have difficulty ignoring the haters and the yelling and the screaming that happens, but I do my best. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Like this morning, when I was in the throes of my manuscript and I looked up and went, &#8220;Oh my God, I've got to shower. I'm going to be talking to Jo soon, I should comb my hair&#8221;—which I have none of. Because I was so in my book that everything else melted away. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That, for me as a storyteller, as a writer, is one of the most beautiful places to be.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think you're absolutely right. I have a little thing that pops up in my calendar sometimes which says, &#8220;If you're feeling all of these things, just go create something.&#8221; The moment you refocus on creation—whatever that means to you—things change. It changes the energy. That, or go for a walk. That's my other tip.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Outside. And I have to say, Jo, <em>Pilgrimage</em> is still one of the most profound and powerful books you've written, and you've written a lot of amazing ones.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, you're very sweet.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> That one really resonates, not just for me, but with Liz. Because one of the things we often do when we get stressed is go for a walk, ideally in nature. The vitamin N. I think there's something really profound in that, and it really helps me a lot.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And again, sometimes going for a walk listening to your podcast, or an audiobook, or sometimes just attending to the environment. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A tip I picked up years ago from Brooklyn author Denis Hamill was: go for a walk with your character. Listen to what they see. What do they comment on? How do they approach this environment that you've seen a million times? How do they see it? What do they notice that you don't notice? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's such an incredible experience of creativity—when you're not writing, but writing. That really helps me a lot.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, nice one. Okay, so your latest book is <em>Stark Realities</em>, but you have so many more. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where can people find you and your books and your podcast online?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Jo, you can find everything you want to know about me—and stuff you don't want to know about me—over at <a href="https://markleslie.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">MarkLeslie.ca</a>. It links to all the other places from there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Brilliant. Thanks again for your time, Mark. That was great.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Thanks so much, Jo. Bye-bye.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"></p><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/22/creative-satisfaction-in-person-print-book-sales-and-author-mindset-with-mark-leslie-lefebvre/">Creative Satisfaction, In Person Print Book Sales,  And Author Mindset With Mark Leslie Lefebvre</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/22/creative-satisfaction-in-person-print-book-sales-and-author-mindset-with-mark-leslie-lefebvre/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="55215645" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/Podcast_MarkLeslie26.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>1:04:53</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>What if the real secret to a lasting writing career isn't talent or luck, but learning to thrive in the mess? Why are in-person events worthwhile even if the maths doesn't add up? How do you protect your creativity when the machines never sleep and the community is at one another's throats? With Mark Leslie Lefebvre The post Creative Satisfaction, In Person Print Book Sales, And Author Mindset With Mark Leslie Lefebvre first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>What if the real secret to a lasting writing career isn't talent or luck, but learning to thrive in the mess? Why are in-person events worthwhile even if the maths doesn't add up? How do you protect your creativity when the machines never sleep and the community is at one another's throats? With Mark Leslie Lefebvre The post Creative Satisfaction, In Person Print Book Sales, And Author Mindset With Mark Leslie Lefebvre first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
		<item>
		<title>Writing Cross-Genre, Selling Direct, And Serialising On SubStack With P.D. Alleva</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/15/writing-cross-genre-selling-direct-and-serialising-on-substack-with-p-d-alleva/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/15/writing-cross-genre-selling-direct-and-serialising-on-substack-with-p-d-alleva/#comments</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Mon, 15 Jun 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Author Entrepreneur]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[selling direct]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Writing]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37687</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>How can horror writing help readers — and writers — work through psychological trauma? Why does cross-genre fiction take longer to find an audience, but pay off in the long run? Is running a direct sales store actually worth the inventory, postage, and learning curve? And how can SubStack work for fiction authors? With psychotherapist and award-winning author P.D. Alleva.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/15/writing-cross-genre-selling-direct-and-serialising-on-substack-with-p-d-alleva/">Writing Cross-Genre, Selling Direct, And Serialising On SubStack With P.D. Alleva</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph">How can horror writing help readers — and writers — work through psychological trauma? <strong>Why does cross-genre fiction take longer to find an audience, but pay off in the long run?</strong> Is running a direct sales store actually worth the inventory, postage, and learning curve? And how can SubStack work for fiction authors? With psychotherapist and award-winning author P.D. Alleva.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the intro, thoughts on why in-person conferences are still worth it, even when they are a challenge for sensitive introverts! and tips for making the best of conferences [<a href="https://selfpublishingformula.libsyn.com/sps-450-the-new-rules-of-book-discovery-with-james-blatch-cissy-mecca" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Self-Publishing Show</a>].</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter"><a href="https://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="430" height="144" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/draft2digital.jpg" alt="draft2digital" class="wp-image-23600" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/draft2digital.jpg 430w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/draft2digital-300x100.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 430px) 100vw, 430px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a>Today's show is sponsored by&nbsp;<a href="http://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Draft2Digital</a>, self-publishing with support, where you can get free formatting, free distribution to multiple stores, and a host of other benefits. Just go to&nbsp;<a href="https://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">www.draft2digital.com</a>&nbsp;to get started.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This show is also supported by my Patrons. Join my Community at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.patreon.com/thecreativepenn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon.com/thecreativepenn</a>&nbsp;</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter size-full"><a href="https://www.pdalleva.com/" target="_blank" rel=" noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="891" height="300" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/PD-Alleva.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-37758" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/PD-Alleva.jpg 891w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/PD-Alleva-300x101.jpg 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/PD-Alleva-768x259.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 891px) 100vw, 891px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph">P.D. Alleva is the award-winning author of horror, sci-fi, thrillers, and fantasy books. He's also a psychotherapist.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can listen above or on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">your favorite podcast app</a>&nbsp;or read the notes and links below. Here are the highlights and the full transcript is below.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Show Notes</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Why horror puts the human condition on display better than any other genre </li>



<li>Emotional trauma as the silent psychological killer most people overlook </li>



<li>The pros and challenges of cross-genre writing and finding your audience </li>



<li>Practical lessons from running a direct store, including integration and signed-copy fulfilment</li>



<li>How a 3 a.m. writing routine keeps the writing separate from the marketing and admin </li>



<li>Serialising fiction on Substack, multiple newsletters, and avoiding paid subscriber promotions </li>



<li>Why Facebook groups, TikTok Lives, and the three-to-one rule are working right now</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find P.D. at <a href="https://www.pdalleva.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">PDAlleva.com</a> or on <a href="https://pdsalternativefiction.substack.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Substack</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript of the interview with P.D. Alleva </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> P.D. Alleva is the award-winning author of horror, sci-fi, thrillers, and fantasy books. He's also a psychotherapist. So welcome, Paul.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Thank you very much. Thank you for having me. This is a great opportunity. I love doing interviews, and I love talking to great people.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, good. Well, first up—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Tell us a bit more about you and how you got into writing and being an indie author.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> So I've been writing since I was a kid, at least second grade and more than likely even before that. I've always had that creative itch. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Getting into indie author publishing, I published my first book in 2011. At the time I was also operating my own business, which took up about 24 hours of my time every single day.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I kind of got through that and sold that in 2016, and I'm like, you know what? The time has come. I'd always written books, poetry, short stories, but never really did anything with them because I just didn't have the time. So in 2017, that's when I really came out and said, all right, the time is now.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Indie publishing was doing great. The one good thing I do love about Amazon is they allowed us to come out there and start showing our craft to people. So in 2017, I just started—let's do this. Let's write full time. Let's put books out there. Let's be creative. Let's really get those juices flowing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Plus, I was getting a little bit old, and I was like, now is definitely the time to do this. Since then I've been publishing consistently, and most of my books are horror books, but I dabble. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have a sci-fi series, and I'm starting to get into psychological thrillers too. I've got a new psychological thriller that'll be published in early 2027 called <em>Girl on a Mission</em>. For the most part, I'm definitely into the horror genre—books, short stories, all that good fun stuff.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Right, so a couple of follow-ups. You said you're a bit old. Can you give us what decade you're in at least?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Well, I'm 51, so born in 1971.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, there you go. Same age as me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> All right, good. See that? So we're going head-to-head there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I don't think that's old at all. Also, you mentioned you sold your business in 2016. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what was your business before? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because I think business experience is so important.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Agreed 100%. So I'm a psychotherapist, and I had owned a treatment centre for mental health and addiction. That was started in 2011, and in 2016 is when it sold. Since then, my wife and I started a private practice. So I still, even to this day—well, about a year and a half ago is when I stopped.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I specialise in trauma, PTSD, and addiction. Trauma mostly. Most of my caseload has always been trauma, PTSD, sexual abuse, psychological abuse, war-type trauma. I was doing that mostly individually since 2016 in private practice, and I'll still go into treatment centres and see patients there too, specifically for trauma.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">About a year and a half ago is when I started wanting to do writing 100% full time. I thought about becoming a professor, maybe going to college, but then I wasn't sure if I wanted to get into that full time, as far as a caseload and school and everything like that. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I decided to just do group therapy, group facilitation, and I've been doing that consistently since then. It may be 15 hours a week. I do love to give back, and to me, it's more what I teach.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I specialise in neuro-linguistic programming, bilateral stimulation or EMDR, hypnotherapy, science of mind concepts, psychopharmacology, biological bases of behaviour—which is pretty much how your brain works—ancient wisdom, quantum physics. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do this in a drug addiction treatment centre mostly, also mental health. And of course, just living an addictive lifestyle is traumatic, too, in and of itself. So pretty much I'm teaching them. Behaviour modification is a big part of what I'm teaching during that time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You'll see that, too, if you read my books. There's two things you can figure out from my books. You can figure out how to murder people and get away with it, and two, you can figure out how to overcome trauma as well. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The whole &#8220;murder people and get away with it&#8221; comes from my upbringing. I have a very sorted past, let's put it that way. My upbringing was very different than what most people grow up in.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: Oh, can you give us any more than that? Now everyone's like, &#8220;Oh.&#8221;</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> &#8220;What's going on with this guy, right?&#8221; So I grew up, let's say, quote unquote, &#8220;in an Italian New York family.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Okay. All right.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> That might give people ideas, right?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> That's going to give people a lot of ideas.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> If you've ever seen the movie <em>Goodfellas</em>, I kind of grew up in that atmosphere, and with even some of those people too. My family had connections to those people in that movie, which I find very funny. If you watch that movie with me, you get a very different perspective on what's going on in the movie.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Wow. So you're an interesting guy with an interesting background, with a very interesting backstory job as well. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Some people are like, &#8220;Well, of course he's writing horror because horror is just awful and full of slasher gore and all that.&#8221; I often have to say to people who don't read horror, &#8220;Look, it's not like that.&#8221; Maybe some of it is, sure. But most of it isn't. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Could you talk about how reading and writing horror can also be psychologically healthy? How do these worlds intertwine for you?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Well, sure. It 100% can be healthy. Especially over the last few years, there's a trend going on out there right now where people are taking their trauma and putting it into a creative process through poems, short stories, and even novels. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They're taking their trauma and giving it a face, like a monster, where people are overcoming that monster within the creative process.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I always say that horror is the genre that puts on display, better than any other genre out there, the human condition. Why is that? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When people are in a terrifying situation, you really see who they are. You get to the heart of the matter of who that person is by putting them in these horrific but undefinable situations where it's like, what are they going to come out as?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That real true personality needs to come out, and that courage comes out. That's huge in horror, and I think horror gets such a bad name. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now, I know there's the extreme horror and the splatterpunk, and that has its kind of role too in what I'm saying, but that's where horror is getting its bad reputation out there with the over-the-top type of gore.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For the most part, that's a small part of the horror genre. It's a subgenre for a reason. It has its readership, and that's fine. Nothing wrong with it. I read it all the time. I find a lot of joy in it, a lot of excitement. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">However, for the most part, any horror novel that is not completely with the gore and stuff like splatterpunk can be seen as a psychological thriller, and a lot of psychological thrillers can be seen as a horror novel.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Look at books like <em>The Silence of the Lambs</em>, <em>Red Dragon</em>. That's horrific as well, but if you read the novel, it's in there. It just gets that bad rap right now, and it's not all gore.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Most horror novels that I read today are psychological horror. It's tame on the gore, and the psychological aspect is there. I always see that psychological aspect—it's like psychological trauma.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Most people, even in my industry, when people are out there and you mention trauma, PTSD, they're thinking about sexual abuse, physical abuse, or war-type trauma. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The silent psychological one—I once wrote an article called &#8220;Emotional Trauma: The Silent Psychological Killer.&#8221; The one that's out there is the psychological trauma, the emotional trauma that is widespread.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Most people go through that, and it could even be from parent to child, and most people don't understand that that's a traumatic experience. It's like a distortion of reality that you're experiencing that then creates a belief system in your brain, and you're constantly acting out that belief system.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's where the psychological component of horror really comes out. People breaking through that psychological belief system that was created through a traumatic experience by reaching courage and coming out through a horrific situation.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, it really annoys me, because with romance, of course people understand that romance is a huge genre. Something like a small town sweet romance is a world away from the bully romantasy, dark, or mafia. Mafia romance is a really big thing with very dark themes. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm like, well, how can you understand that romance is a huge genre with all these different subgenres, and not think that horror or thriller or fantasy or sci-fi all have so many different subgenres within them?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I personally read a lot of supernatural horror, but rarely the slasher gore kind of stuff. So I'm really glad you said that, and hopefully more people will open up a bit more. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I did also want to ask you about what you write. You write all these different things. You write standalone—I mean, often horror is standalone—but you also have some series. How do you balance it?</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What are the benefits of cross-genre writing, but also the challenges of it?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Okay. So obviously I love cross-genre writing. To me, I use fantasy to explain the supernatural elements. I blend mostly a tad of fantasy to help explain the supernatural components in my supernatural novels. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I write sci-fi, specifically sci-fi, that has the fantasy element in it too, but there's also a tad of horror in there as well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's just who I am. When I grew up, I had a lot of different influences. I had <em>Star Wars</em> on one side, and then I'm watching B-rated '80s slasher films on the other side. Those two mixes just kind of followed me throughout my life, and that's why I like putting them into my novels.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As I tell my patients, don't limit yourself. Never limit yourself. If you're just limiting yourself to one genre, you're missing out on so much more that's out there. So I love the blend of mixing genres. It just gets my goat each and every time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It is a challenge though. I remember when I first started getting into indie publishing, I was never big into Facebook and social media up until I started becoming an indie author.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Before that, with my type of upbringing, you don't advertise yourself. You don't advertise where you're going. That's a big no-no. So I always had this aversion to social media.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'll tell you a funny story. It was the late 2000s, probably 2006. I was a full-time single father at that time, and I was living in Florida. My family—brothers and sisters-in-law—were living in New York, and my sister-in-law said, &#8220;Get a Facebook account so we can see pictures of the kids.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I said, &#8220;Oh.&#8221; I didn't want to do it, but I said, &#8220;Okay,&#8221; so I did it. And I'm thinking, looking at this Facebook thing, &#8220;How do I put pictures on here?&#8221; So I figured out how to put pictures in folders. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I phone called her, and I'm like, &#8220;Okay, so they're on there.&#8221; And they're like, &#8220;Well, where are they?&#8221; I'm like, &#8220;I put them in these folders. You can go and look at them.&#8221; She's like, &#8220;No, you've got to post them.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That to me was like, &#8220;I'm not posting pictures of my kids.&#8221; That was a big no-no. It didn't click.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I got on there finally in 2016, 2017, I'm like, &#8220;Okay, so I need to figure out social media. As an indie author, I need to be on there, so I need to get through this aversion and get on there.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I started noticing how people are so particular with their genres. If they're reading a romance, it had to be very specific with that exact type of romance, and if you deviated from it, they're not going to like it. So that was the challenge. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was like, &#8220;All right, number one, I'm not going to dilute myself&#8221; and say, &#8220;All right, take things out of my writing or out of my novel just so I could cater to a certain type of audience.&#8221; I'm like, &#8220;I'm not going to do that.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I know with me, myself, as a reader, I'll read everything. I don't limit myself to a specific genre. I'll read psychological thrillers. I'll read romance. I've been doing that all my life.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I'm like, if there's a person like me out there—and look at this, I just met like four other people who also read cross genres—then I know that there's at least another 30,000 people, and I know that at least then there's 300,000, then there's three million people out there. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So just write the books that you're writing and find your audience. Now, that takes longer. So you've got to chip away. Chip away. You're going to find readers here and there, and then that reader kind of tells a few people about you, and then you've got a few more readers. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then you keep going, and you go on these Facebook groups, and you do a whole bunch of different things, and then you gather a few more readers. Then they're telling some friends, and then you've got more. The process takes a lot longer, yes, 100% agreed, but I would say be true to yourself and you can never go wrong.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, I agree. I write cross-genre as well, and I've browsed your collection. <em>Golem</em> was the one I was like, &#8220;Ooh, yes, I like that one.&#8221; I haven't read it yet, it's on my list. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think when you're cross-genre, my people come to my store as well, and it's like, &#8220;Okay, I'm interested in lots of things, but this is the one by this author that I'm interested in.&#8221; Whereas with other authors who only write one type of thing, then I might not like any of their stuff. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I think there are definitely pros and cons and different ways into our world.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also wanted to ask you about the differences in business. Obviously you ran this treatment centre and there were physical humans on all sides, and now you've got a business as an author. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what have you learned in business from what you used to do and what you do now?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Okay. You're right. The treatment centre industry is very different from what I'm doing now, but it's still people. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Treat those people right, have integrity. If you say you're going to do something, follow through with it. My word is my bond type of thing. That definitely has fed into the writing and publishing industry that I'm in now in a huge way. Just connecting with people is, to me, the biggest part of it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, treatment centres, you've got to connect with people. When I would market the treatment centre, where would I go? I would go to hospitals, residential facilities, detoxes, and talk to them about my programme and why they should be referring clients there. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's the same thing here. Why should you be reading my books? You get there through interviews like what I'm doing here with you. Other podcasts. You get there by doing Facebook Lives, TikTok.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I haven't started TikTok Lives yet, but I actually love that platform. I'm falling in love with it. IG Lives, anything like that where you're talking to people and you're making a connection with those people.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Through that, I've gathered so many different types of readers who are like, &#8220;Yes, I'll give this book a shot.&#8221; And then they read it and they're like, &#8220;Hey, this is really good, and I'm going to read another book.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">With my books, I have very different books. <em>Golem</em> is my psychological horror novel. It's my slow-burn psychological horror novel, heavily inspired by <em>Frankenstein</em> and the Pygmalion myth. It's my first true horror book that I published. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then there's <em>Jigglyspot and the Zero Intellect</em>, which is inspired by B-rated '80s horror movies and the old grindhouse movies of the '70s, and it's mind manipulation. It's just wild and bizarre. And then <em>The Sleepy Hollow Incident</em> is my Gothic tale—it's like a dark romance mixed in with Gothic horror.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I always try to put something for everyone that's out there. To me, when I'm writing, it's got to be about depth, psychological depth. I always refer to my books to be like peeling layers off a Texas-sized onion. The more you read, the more in-depth you get into not only the characters, but the story.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's just something that comes out of me. It's part of me. That's the way I always have to do it. I always have to put that depth in there. To me, that's good storytelling. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I grew up, I read a lot of classic literature. Yes, Edgar Allan Poe, but also Dante's <em>Inferno</em>, Milton's <em>Paradise Lost</em>, <em>The Hunchback of Notre Dame</em>, the Brontë sisters. Keep going. Ray Bradbury, Ayn Rand, Daphne du Maurier, Shirley Jackson. Those to me are my books that I absolutely love.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So there's a sweet science in today's fast-paced, social media type of world in marrying the depth of the old classic literature and the entertainment value that is required today for being an author. There's that sweet science behind it, and I love just hitting that nail on the head every time.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: So did you ever pitch traditional publishing, or have you thought about going that way? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because I also find that a lot of horror actually sits very close to literary. Like, I read a lot more literary horror than I do in some of the other genres.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Correct. So in the beginning, yes. Not in a long time. I maybe went to a couple of indie publishers, but as far as traditional, the Big Five publishers, I have an aversion to them for a big reason. I know people who have worked in that industry that have told me some pretty bad horror stories about those places.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I haven't sent anything to that type of place in a very, very long time. Maybe close to 20 years. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Indie publishers, the small presses, yes, here and there, but even then, I'm always moving at a fast pace. So if I've got a book and I'm sending it out as a query letter, by the time that query letter is even read, I'm almost done publishing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I love that aspect of it. The control of my story, where I know where this character's going. And listen, I've got my beta readers, I've got my ARC readers. They're there to tell me, &#8220;Hey, maybe you should change this or change that.&#8221; Whether I take that advice or not, of course my editor too, is really up to me. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I always put out the book that I know is the one I want to read. And to me, I haven't gone wrong in doing so. I know with traditional publishing, you sometimes get too many thoughts in the pot there. Let's put it that way.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Okay, so coming back to being indie then. You mentioned Amazon earlier, but you have a store where you sell direct. Many authors are doing this now, but it can be a challenge. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what have you found are the pros and cons of your direct store? What's working? Any lessons there?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Okay. So I use a place called Big Cartel. They're the platform where the books are on. They're hosting my website, <a href="https://www.pdalleva.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">PDAlleva.com</a>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The big challenge was actually just starting it. It was so overwhelming. How do I put this on there? At the time, I've got all these books, so how do I present them? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm even going to be doing another revamp with it too, because I want better pictures—taking pictures of the books, stuff like that, instead of just having the covers on there. I also have a lot of shirts that I'm selling.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I think the biggest challenge is just getting on there and starting it. Then of course, you've got to learn a whole new platform, and the mechanics, and how people are going to be downloading, and how that's done on an e-book versus a print version of the book. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it's a huge learning curve that you've really got to put your focus on and give it time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What most people like in indie publishing is signed copies. It's a huge part of indie publishing, selling those signed copies. People love a signed copy, and that's primarily what my website is for. You can order signed copies from me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also use a place called IngramSpark, and they're more like a distributor. They're used by everyone. They've been around for a very long time. Traditional publishing uses them too, and they're just distributing your novel. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'd say about a year ago, maybe two years ago, they started where you can sell your books on discount through them as well. So I have that on my website too, where you're just clicking on the book and you're pretty much going directly to their site and you're buying paperbacks and hardbacks at a discount. That's going well too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For the most part, people are definitely coming to my site because they want the signed copies. A good thing with indie publishing is limited editions, first print copies, special editions. That type of stuff really just takes off. People love to see that, especially in the indie community. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can sell them too. I go to a few different book conventions during the year, and the limited editions are there. Like I said, people love the signed copies. They love being a part of that and getting that signed copy. They treasure it, just like I treasure my books too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm not referring to my books that I've written, but books that I have as well. I love my e-reader, don't get me wrong, but I still prefer the physical copy—the paperback, and even more so than the paperback, the hardback. So people love those signed copies, and that's why I created the website, to sell on there for them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, I mean, we're getting to a point now though where I think some people are questioning the pros and cons of it. For example, you doing the signed copies—I don't do that from my Shopify store because I don't want to hold stock and I don't want to deal with postage.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I only do it when I do a Kickstarter. I've just finished one recently, <em>Bones of the Deep</em>, and I'm going up to the printer, and I'm going to sign a couple of hundred copies and then they do the postage. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's the only way I'm willing to do it because of the pain of getting books to your house, signing them, getting them in the post. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So how do you manage that practically?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Okay, so the inventory's there. I don't go and sign everything right away. I just keep the inventory. Once somebody buys the book, then I'll pull out the book, log it and all that good fun stuff, sign it, and then ship it out immediately.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here in my country, we get discounts at the United States Post Office because they're books. So they pass that shipping cost over to the reader too, so it's a little bit cheaper for shipping.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'll just take books once or twice a week over to the United States Postal Service and ship those books out. I don't sign them until I actually get that order.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: How many do you have in your house? It's the holding stock of all the backlist that is the problem.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Ooh, gotcha. All right. That's why I have a two-car garage. But here's the thing, I won't order 500 at a time. I'll order 20 at a time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Okay. Right.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> When I see that inventory's getting low, I'll order another 20 at a time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> And you get those from IngramSpark?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Correct. When the new one comes out, maybe at that time I'm just selling those, bringing those to conventions that I go to. Or maybe doing a sale on those books at that time to get rid of the inventory so it's not sitting around anymore.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think that's so important. Then like you mentioned, you do T-shirts or shirts. That is also really hard because of sizing. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So is that all print on demand?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Yes. So I don't really hold the stock on the shirts. When I get an order, whatever the size is at that time, I go directly to the place and order it. I use a place called Sublimation Station that's here in Orlando. They do great all-over print T-shirts. They're fantastic. I just did one for <em>The Sleepy Hollow Incident</em>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So <em>The Sleepy Hollow Incident</em> is one long story, and it's broken up into four books. Each book has its own. The covers are fantastic. I use a lady named Cherie Foxley. She's a phenomenal cover designer. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So the shirts are, like, book one is on the front of one shirt with book two on the back, and then the second shirt is book three on the cover and book four on the back.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">However, I can customise those. I just did a giveaway in my Facebook group and I let people know I could customise them, and she wanted book one and book four, so I just got that and sent it out to her. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now, if people go ahead and order that on the website, I can just order it right away from them, boom, and that place will get it shipped right then and there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Right, so they do the shipping. These are all sort of practical things that people need to answer because I feel like sometimes it's like, &#8220;Oh, yes, having a direct store is great,&#8221; but there's actually quite a lot of work that goes into it, isn't there?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> There is. There's a lot of work. You're pretty much opening almost like your own brick-and-mortar store at that point. You just don't have walk-in traffic coming in—your traffic is all coming online. So there is a lot to it, but it's worth it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you're a self-published author or even a small indie press, it's good to have. Because like I said, people love the signed copies.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> When you say it's worth it, is it worth it financially or just because you like to serve the customers in that way?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Both.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Right. So it is financially worth it for you?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Yes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I was talking to a friend of mine and saying, are you valuing your time in terms of things like taking the books to the post office and stuff like that? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do you find it eats into your writing at all, or do you just manage it all separately?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> No, I manage it separately. So I'm an early morning riser. I get up at 3:00 in the morning, and that's when I write my books or do editing or brainstorming. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm about to write a new novella now called <em>The Adam and Eve Story</em>, which is actually based on a little-known CIA shelved book from the 1990s called <em>The Adam and Eve Story</em> as well. So I've been brainstorming that, and I was doing that this morning.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I get up at 3:00 a.m. and I do my writing, and by the time the kids are up and by the time the wife is up, it's like 8:00 a.m. is rolling around and I'm pretty much done at that point.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I have my days. Tuesday I'm completely working from home and I do my thing in the morning, and then the rest of the day is marketing, fulfilling orders, stuff like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">On the days when I'm going to do group facilitation, I'll of course still get up at 3:00 o'clock in the morning, and then I'll plan out the day. I've got an hour between this group and I can go ahead and do that, and I'm already there so it's not a problem. The post office is right around the corner.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You kind of figure out all the logistics for yourself. There are some days, like on Monday, I don't facilitate groups until the afternoon, so I've got the whole morning to work on marketing and do other things, and fulfilment. Then of course Saturday's a big day for that too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, that's good. I feel like people always need to know how to balance their time, but it sounds like you manage, because at 3:00 a.m., as you say, there's not much else to do other than write. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You mentioned marketing, and you have a Substack, <a href="https://pdsalternativefiction.substack.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">pdsalternativefiction.substack.com</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Talk about that and serialising fiction and how Substack works.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because I feel like a load of people are jumping in but might not necessarily know how it works, especially for fiction.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Correct. It is becoming quite popular out there. I think the one before that was Patreon, and Patreon is pretty big for that too, kind of the same thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I wanted to start something and just get the work out there. I was very interested when Amazon came out a few years ago with what was called Vella. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They kind of started that. I was like, &#8220;This is kind of cool.&#8221; Couple chapters at a time. I'm writing the books anyway, so why don't we kick this off and see how it goes—a type of experiment.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I had a lot of fun doing it. I started on October 4th, 2024. I've done four novels so far. One is still going, which is Volume 3 of my Dark Veil serie— that's a sci-fi series. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I wrote three other novels. <em>The Hypnotist</em>, which is a thriller, heavy on the sci-fi and a tad of horror in there too. And then I wrote <em>Girl on a Mission</em>, which is my psychological thriller, and then <em>Cat Fight</em>, which is a horror novel—all within that time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think I finished all three of those novels in January, and then the first week of February they were all pretty much done. Now what I'm doing is, I went paid recently on the Substack. It's like everything else that's out there—chip away, chip away.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I fell into that hole where they say, &#8220;Hey, we can promote you and get people to sign up for your newsletter.&#8221; And I'll be honest with you, don't do it. It's not worth it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You spend money, and what happens is they're what I refer to as dead leads. They don't click. You wind up shuffling them off after three to six months, because they're just not clicking. Everybody gets a star rating, so you know—are they clicking, are they staying on, are they not?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I got rid of pretty much all of those people, and I'll never do that again. It's got to be done organically. That's why when you read my books, especially the new books, towards the end it'll say, &#8220;Sign up for my newsletter.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do more with that newsletter too. If you're on the free tier, every month I do a monthly newsletter, which is just me talking about updates, things going on in the publishing industry, things going on with me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My daughter puts together a weekly Horror and Sci-Fi Chronicles newsletter, which gives what's going on in new releases in the industry—sci-fi, horror, books, movies, television. She does deep dives into industry tropes, historical tidbits, and a weekly quiz.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also do a monthly Terrors and Tales newsletter. I started this last year, and it was a quarterly newsletter. It's other authors who are new, upcoming, never been published before, looking to get published. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's a chance for them to be on the newsletter where they have a flash fiction story or poem or even a short story that I publish for them. It's called the Terrors and Tales newsletter. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What happened is I would put out calls for submissions. And a place called Duotrope—I don't even know who these people are, but all of a sudden I got an email from them stating, &#8220;Hey, we found that you're looking for submissions, and we posted your link. We hope you don't mind.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm like, &#8220;No, of course I don't mind.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I got so many submissions from that one link. I'm like, &#8220;Okay.&#8221; Do I really want to deny people? I'm not like that. I want to help promote other authors. I know what it's like when you're new and upcoming, no matter what age you are, to say, &#8220;Hey, here's a platform for you to see your stuff in print.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Obviously, I read through them just to make sure they're up to a certain standard, but for the most part, if you submit, you're getting in there. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">With Duotrope, I'm like, I have enough here to put out one a month. So in May 2026, the first one goes out, and then I'll have one each month until December, and then who knows? In 2027 I might go back to quarterly. I might get enough submissions to just keep it going once a month. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that's the Terrors and Tales newsletter, and it usually comes out towards the end of the month—the last two weeks. I have nothing to do with it in terms of content. None of my stories are on there. None of my poems are on there. None of my flash fiction. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's all other authors, just for them to see their name in print, see their work in print, share it with their friends, and put something on their resume, and to encourage people to keep reading and keep the craft going.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: When you say in print, you don't mean in physical print?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Oh, I mean in the newsletter. I'm sorry.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think that's important, or you're going to get a lot more submissions, and you will need to do publishing contracts and all that kind of thing. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think that's the difficult thing with a Substack newsletter approach—it's difficult to know where to categorise it. Is it marketing? Is it publishing? It's all of these things, I suppose. A bit like this podcast, it's all kinds of things.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">In terms of Substack actually making money on its own or leading to book sales that make money, do you think it does serve that purpose?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> I think I've gotten more book sales through it, and also ARC readers who are enjoying the books and giving reviews. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As far as the paid tiers, that's kind of a little bit slow, and that's where I'm saying chip away at it. Keep it up there. Keep it going. Over time, you're going to build that type of audience where it's going to be like, &#8220;Hey, this is financially feasible for me to continue to do this.&#8221; That's the response that I'm getting out there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes. Before, you mentioned you were doing Facebook Lives and you're looking at TikTok, but—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is anything else working for you in book marketing? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If people have a few books and they're like, &#8220;What is working for book marketing right now?&#8221;—what do you recommend?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Okay. For me, the thing that has made the most sense is making sure the reader knows the book is out there through some sort of social media. I've had really good success on TikTok since the beginning of this year especially. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I started it about a year ago, year and a half ago, but then my father got sick and passed away, and it was a new venture and I put it off to the side. I really got the flavour going at the beginning of this year. February, March of this year. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It seems to be going really well, and I've noticed an uptick in sales from just getting the videos out there and getting it in front of people's eyes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's an event I'm going to in August called ShiverCon, which is a pretty big event. After that event, I'm going to look to see what type of inventory I have left over from the event, and I'm going to start doing TikTok Lives. I'm very comfortable being on camera. So I'm like, &#8220;Yeah, that seems like a good way to go.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I know there's a few other horror authors who are doing it and having good success with TikTok Lives as well. A guy named Jason Davis is doing really well with TikTok Lives, and a few other authors too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm like, &#8220;Yes, I could definitely do that.&#8221; I want to get up to a certain number of people, and I want these events. I'm going to one in July, and then ShiverCon in August. Once those are done, I'm going to have more time to do the TikTok Lives.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As far as Facebook is concerned, what I've had really great success with on Facebook is being in the groups and meeting other authors. That's not always about my book per se, but whatever books I'm reading, I'm posting my reviews about those books in those groups and meeting readers.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then obviously, they always say the three-to-one rule. Post about three different books and then post about your own book, whether you're doing a sale or a new release or a re-release or whatever. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've found success through that just by interacting with readers. When they post a book, I'll comment, &#8220;Hey, I've read that book,&#8221; or, &#8220;Hey, that book looks really cool. I like the review.&#8221; Commenting on it so you start these relationships with people who are out there in these Facebook groups.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've recently started my own Facebook reader group. I kind of go with the same thing. Last night, we did a live reading for another author. I like other authors to be on there. I always like to think, what does the reader need? What do I want to see as a reader?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would love to hear live readings from authors. So I kind of learn about them, learn about the book, and get a live reading. To me, that's a good way to go. So I started that recently, and it seems to be going well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've got a new folk horror coming out soon, and I put out a call for ARC readers and got a fantastic response from that. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That kind of drives the sales anyway, because when you get those reviews, then people see it gives credibility to the book, and then other people see it, and then they're buying it too. So that comes from the groups.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's so many wheels to spin in this industry as an indie author when you're doing this, especially when you're doing 99% of it on your own. You've got to get out there. No one's going to know your book exists if you don't get out there and tell somebody about it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Brilliant. Well, tell us—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where can people find you and your books online?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> All right. Perfect. So obviously I'm on Amazon like everyone. Most of my books are worldwide, so you'll find them in Barnes & Noble as well. And of course, if you want the signed copies or discount print books, I always lead people straight to my website, <a href="https://www.pdalleva.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">PDAlleva.com</a>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then, of course, if you go to my <a href="https://pdsalternativefiction.substack.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Substack</a>, you'll get all the updates, and you'll get all the links to purchase or find out where they are on Amazon and Barnes & Noble and things like that too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Brilliant. Well, thanks so much for your time, Paul. That was great.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Thank you very much for having me. It was great chatting with you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"></p><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/15/writing-cross-genre-selling-direct-and-serialising-on-substack-with-p-d-alleva/">Writing Cross-Genre, Selling Direct, And Serialising On SubStack With P.D. Alleva</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/15/writing-cross-genre-selling-direct-and-serialising-on-substack-with-p-d-alleva/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="45011809" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/Podcast_PDAlleva.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>52:45</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>How can horror writing help readers — and writers — work through psychological trauma? Why does cross-genre fiction take longer to find an audience, but pay off in the long run? Is running a direct sales store actually worth the inventory, postage, and learning curve? And how can SubStack work for fiction authors? With psychotherapist and award-winning author P.D. Alleva. The post Writing Cross-Genre, Selling Direct, And Serialising On SubStack With P.D. Alleva first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>How can horror writing help readers — and writers — work through psychological trauma? Why does cross-genre fiction take longer to find an audience, but pay off in the long run? Is running a direct sales store actually worth the inventory, postage, and learning curve? And how can SubStack work for fiction authors? With psychotherapist and award-winning author P.D. Alleva. The post Writing Cross-Genre, Selling Direct, And Serialising On SubStack With P.D. Alleva first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
		<item>
		<title>Don’t Call It Art: Rediscovering Creative Joy With Austin Kleon</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/08/dont-call-it-art-rediscovering-creative-joy-with-austin-kleon/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/08/dont-call-it-art-rediscovering-creative-joy-with-austin-kleon/#comments</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Jun 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Creativity]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37688</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Have you ever lost the joy in your creative work — that sense of fun you had when you were starting out, before the admin and the algorithms drained it away? How do mid-career creatives get it back, and what can a four-year-old teach us about play? Austin Kleon talks about productive procrastination, silly rituals, the case for paper reference books in an AI world, and how his newsletter went from a marketing cost to the day job that keeps the lights on.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/08/dont-call-it-art-rediscovering-creative-joy-with-austin-kleon/">Don’t Call It Art: Rediscovering Creative Joy With Austin Kleon</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Have you ever lost the <strong>joy in your creative work — that sense of fun</strong> you had when you were starting out, before the admin and the algorithms drained it away? How do mid-career creatives get it back, and what can a four-year-old teach us about play? Austin Kleon talks about productive procrastination, silly rituals, the case for paper reference books in an AI world, and how his newsletter went from a marketing cost to the day job that keeps the lights on.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the intro, Does social media still sell books? [<a href="https://selfpublishingadvice.org/podcast-does-social-media-still-sell-books/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Self-Publishing with ALLi</a>]; Trial by algorithm [<a href="https://www.thebookseller.com/news/trial-by-algorithm-literary-prizes-reckon-with-hazy-ai-disclosure-issue" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">The Bookseller</a>]; Publishing’s AI Hypocrisy Problem [<a href="https://thenewpublishingstandard.com/2026/06/06/publishers-ai-hypocrisy-jobs/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">The New Publishing Standard</a>]; <a href="https://www.SelfPublishingadvice.org/AIsurvey2026" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">ALLi AI survey for authors</a>; <a href="https://bravenewbookshelf.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Brave New Bookshelf Podcast</a>, and <a href="https://www.instagram.com/p/DZH9-G7toPH/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Pics from signing at BookVault</a>.</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter"><a href="https://www.prowritingaid.com/joanna" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="1200" height="300" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PWA-wordmark-1200x300-pink.png" alt="PWA wordmark 1200x300 pink" class="wp-image-36589" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PWA-wordmark-1200x300-pink.png 1200w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PWA-wordmark-1200x300-pink-300x75.png 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PWA-wordmark-1200x300-pink-1024x256.png 1024w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PWA-wordmark-1200x300-pink-768x192.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1200px) 100vw, 1200px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="http://www.prowritingaid.com/joanna" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a>Today's show is sponsored by ProWritingAid, writing and editing software that goes way beyond just grammar and typo checking. With its detailed reports on how to improve your writing and integration with writing software, ProWritingAid will help you improve your book&nbsp;<em>before</em>&nbsp;you send it to an editor, agent or publisher. Check it out for free or get 15% off the premium edition at&nbsp;<a href="http://www.prowritingaid.com/joanna" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">www.ProWritingAid.com/joanna</a></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This show is also supported by my Patrons. Join my Community at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.patreon.com/thecreativepenn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon.com/thecreativepenn</a>&nbsp;</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large"><a href="https://austinkleon.com/" target="_blank" rel=" noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="1024" height="268" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Austin-Kleon-1024x268.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-37719" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Austin-Kleon-1024x268.jpg 1024w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Austin-Kleon-300x79.jpg 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Austin-Kleon-768x201.jpg 768w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Austin-Kleon.jpg 1146w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Austin Kleon is the New York Times and international bestselling author of nonfiction books, including <em>Steal Like an Artist</em>, <em>Show Your Work!</em>, and <em>Keep Going</em>, as well as an artist, professional speaker, and poet. His latest book is <a href="https://amzn.to/4vB5nbj" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title=""><em>Don't Call It Art: 10 Ways to Create Like a Kid Again</em>.</a></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can listen above or on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">your favorite podcast app</a>&nbsp;or read the notes and links below. Here are the highlights and the full transcript is below.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Show Notes</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Why Austin wrote <em>Don't Call It Art</em> now, and what his kids taught him about creative joy</li>



<li>Productive procrastination, silly rituals, and treating writing like Lego</li>



<li>Comedy as a philosophical position, and giving yourself permission to be bad in private</li>



<li>Sharing process in the algorithm era, and why your whole life is the process</li>



<li>Bibliomancy, paper reference books, and what AI can't give you that a dictionary can</li>



<li>Style, the Taco Bell distinctiveness rule, and how Austin's newsletter became his day job</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find Austin at <a href="https://austinkleon.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">AustinKleon.com</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript of the interview with Austin Kleon</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Austin Kleon is the New York Times and international bestselling author of nonfiction books, including <em>Steal Like an Artist</em>, <em>Show Your Work!</em>, and <em>Keep Going</em>, as well as an artist, professional speaker, and poet. His latest book is <em>Don't Call It Art: 10 Ways to Create Like a Kid Again</em>. So welcome back to the show, Austin.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> Thank you for having me back. It's nice to talk to you again.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> You were on the show in March 2020, and at the time, your book was <em>Keep Going</em>, which was prescient considering the pandemic and politics. So I wondered, why this book, <em>Don't Call It Art</em>, now? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Was this something you see in the creative community or your own life that made you want to write this book?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> <em>Keep Going</em> is a book about what happens when the world goes crazy around you and you're still trying to do your creative work. This is a book about what happens when inside has bottomed out.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>Keep Going</em> is a book about the world bottoming out, and you're worried that your own creative work is going to bottom out too. How do you keep pushing through and keep making stuff? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This book, to me, is about what happens when you bottom out inside—when you've lost that love and feeling for the thing that you wanted to do, and you're just not connecting with it in the way that you used to or the way that you want to.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">How do you get back? How do you return to that sense of joy and wonder and fun that we have when we're starting out? And for me, it was being around my little kids that taught me how to tap into that. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My kids were natural—they didn't have any creative hangups. I would spend all day talking to people who had creative hangups, and then I'd get back in the house, and I'd just be around these beings who didn't have any of them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It was really instructive. I felt like, if I could bottle the energy of my kids when they were about four years old and try to put it in a book, I think it could really help a lot of the people that I run into, and the people with the kinds of problems I hear from.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: You mentioned bottoming out. How do people know when they've hit that point?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> You just don't want to do it anymore. You're kind of like, &#8220;This just isn't giving me back what it used to.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When we start with our creative work, that's the thing that juices us. We come away from it feeling full up. I think you hit a certain point where you start to feel drained after it. Or maybe you don't feel drained by the thing itself that you're doing—maybe it's all the stuff around it, which is more often the case.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For example, if you're a mid-career writer like me, who's been publishing books for 16 years now, I still really like writing. I still really like drawing. I still really like cutting and pasting and putting things together. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's the admin around the work—the emails, the meetings, the running-a-business part of it—that's super draining for me, and that stuff can start to bleed over into the creative work.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it's really important for me to make sure that I'm having some playtime, some R&D, some research and development time, to make sure it's not just all business. When you take the thing that you love and you turn it into the thing that you make a living from, you can really run into a lot of problems.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I'm at 20 years, so I know exactly what you're saying, and a lot of listeners are the same. We love writing books, but it's all the stuff that goes around it. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So for those of us who do this for money as well as passion, what are some practical ways to have more fun with our creativity?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> Something I learned from my kids is that you really are your most creative when you're supposed to be doing something else. So one of the things I use a lot in the studio is productive procrastination. Whatever I'm supposed to be working on, I start another little project, and that's my little naughty fun time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I first come into the studio, I try to do something that I'm not supposed to be doing—something that I won't have much to show for. That could be making one of my blackout poems. That could be making a collage in my notebook. It could also be sitting here. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have a bass in the studio now, so I can practise my bass guitar. Sometimes I'll do that for the first 15 minutes just to get in that headspace of, &#8220;Hey, what's it like to do something just for yourself? Just because you want to do it?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The juice that you get from that little naughty &#8220;I'm going to do what I'm not supposed to be doing right now&#8221; thing, that carries into the rest of the day. It's like a nice start to things.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: Do you think that play could be something different to what we make our money with? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For me, writing novels and stories is great fun in one way, but it's also what I then publish and make money on. So writing stories is more serious, I guess, than playing with Lego or something.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> Right. So the trick is, how can you make writing your stories like playing with Lego? That's kind of been my whole career. I hate staring at Microsoft Word and that blinking cursor, taunting you like, &#8220;Come on, what have you got?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A lot of my creative life has been about trying to make it more playful, trying to make it feel more like a game. That's how I came up with my blackout poems. I take an article from <em>The New York Times</em> and I black it out until it only has a few words left behind. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It sort of looks like if the CIA did haiku, for some people listening. That was one little exercise. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then weirdly, that side thing that I thought was just play, just fun—that turned into my first book. So then it's, okay, what else can I mess around with and play with?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do a lot of collage work in the studio, and I rarely actually use that for any of the books. Sometimes I use it for my newsletter to illustrate the newsletter. But it's always about trying to figure out, how can I make writing a game? How can I make it more playful?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There are different things that I do to make it feel more playful. One of them's really stupid. I really believe in silly rituals because I think silliness is really powerful. People talk about their daily rituals—Mason Currey has that great book, <em>Daily Rituals: How Artists Work</em>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I was reading that book, I realised it was really the silly stuff that I really liked. There was, I think it was Balzac counting out coffee beans or something before he got to write. Or Steinbeck sharpening 12 pencils or something goofy like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So one of the things I like to do before I write is that I have these cigarette pencils. They're pencils that look like cigarettes in the studio. I put one in my mouth before I start writing, and I pretend to be some old '40s writer on a typewriter. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I like doing goofy stuff in the studio because I think when you do goofy stuff—stuff that you'd be embarrassed if anyone else saw it—it gets you in that playful state.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> It's interesting. In your book, you have a section that says, &#8220;Don't take things too seriously.&#8221; For many of us, we write memoir for example, and that is very close to us. It's like the deepest expression of what we want to say in the world. It feels very serious.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So how can we hold things more lightly and not take things so seriously?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> For me, comedy is actually a philosophical position. What I mean by that is, I think a lot of people set out with a tragic model of creative work. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They think, &#8220;Oh, I have this special gift,&#8221; or, &#8220;I have this thing that I really need to do, and I need to put it out into the world, and I need to make the world look more like I want it to look.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They have this idea that, &#8220;Through blood and sweat and tears, I'm going to see this thing through, and I'm going to push it into the world, and I'm going to have my way.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think there's another way of working where it's more like, &#8220;I'm just a normal person trying to play with my environment, and take my experiences and put them into something interesting. So I'm going to play and use my wits, and we're going to see what we come up with.&#8221; Those really are two modes of life.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The pandemic taught me that it was really when we were keeping our sense of humour, when we were having a laugh and keeping our egos in check around the house and just acknowledging how goofy we all were and how ridiculous the situation was, that seemed to be when we were really thriving. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Versus, &#8220;Well, we're in this tough situation. We've got to make it into what we want it to be.&#8221; That felt really bad. But when we cruised along and we were just improvisational, when we went at things with a kind of lightness, that worked.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's a great Italo Calvino essay about lightness in <em>Six Memos for the Next Millennium</em>. Lightness is really underrated. Even when we're going about heavy work, having a sense of lightness and play with it just makes the work better.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's a philosophical position of mine. I aspire to comedy. I aspire to a comic outlook on life. I'm just a creature with a body who's going to die, and I'm fundamentally ridiculous. Life is pretty absurd. You just make the best of it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> There's certainly some truth there. Staying on a similar theme, you have a chapter in the book on permission to be bad. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Many of the listeners also have your book <em>Show Your Work</em>, and it shaped many of us into sharing our work in progress. It feels quite dangerous now, in a world where judgment is much louder than it maybe was when you wrote <em>Show Your Work</em>. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So tell us a bit about permission to be bad versus should we keep some of this private?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> Permission to be bad is about the making part of things. It's the private part. It's permission to be bad when you're in private, when you're actually doing the work. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>Show Your Work</em> is a book about what you do after you've done the work, or while you're doing the work. It was never about putting up a webcam and running a 24/7 feed. It was more like, hey, what are the ways that I can connect with the kind of audience I can build while I'm making the work itself?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So the way I see permission to be bad is, you really have to give yourself permission when you're not sharing, when you're off screen, to really be as bad as you want to be. It doesn't necessarily mean quality-wise. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think it also means letting yourself write stuff that you would never say on social media. Letting yourself read stuff that you wouldn't admit you were reading on social media. Letting yourself listen to stuff. Letting yourself really be that unfiltered, unhinged, private person that you want to be.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then when it comes to sharing, you put some time in between that input time, that making time, and the sharing time, and then you share what you think is going to be useful or helpful or interesting to other people.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think you wrote that book before TikTok, and how fast people are moving. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do you think people need to slow down a bit in what they share, maybe?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> I don't know. I obviously had a lot more faith in social media back then. I use all the principles from <em>Show Your Work</em> in my newsletter. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Newsletters are very much the new kind of great thing. They're doing a lot of the work that social media used to do, in that you're still able to have this direct connection with the people that you're trying to reach.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The big problem with social media now is that it's all algorithmically tuned, where the people that are following you don't see the stuff that you're doing most of the time. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What you have to do now, if you want the people who are following you to see your stuff on social media, is you have to make stuff that the algorithm likes. That's a whole different thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As far as the <em>Show Your Work</em> principle—which is share your process as much as your product—that carries over to any platform. In my newsletter every Friday, I share a list of 10 things that were going on behind the scenes here.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It might have been what I was watching on TV, what I listened to, a new pen I was trying out, or something like that. The Friday newsletter is almost always process stuff.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I talk about process, my definition is actually very broad. For a lot of people, it's drafting, editing, whatever. For me, the process is the whole life. The process is almost everything except the finished thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A writer's life is 24/7. My friends who have real jobs really are like, &#8220;What do you do all day?&#8221; And I'm like, &#8220;Well, what do you mean?&#8221; They're like, &#8220;Well, I see you out on your bike ride.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm like, &#8220;Yes, when you see me out on a bike ride, I'm thinking through something half the time.&#8221; If I'm watching TV, I'm thinking, &#8220;Hey, would this be good in the newsletter?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm never off. My whole life—everything is copy, as Nora Ephron said. That's part of the job. It's very hard to turn off. So I see the whole life as process, and the question becomes, what little bits and pieces of that life and that process can you share with people while you're making the things that you hope to sell them later? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Right now, I'm in a cycle where I'm selling this book, but all these people have showed up because I've shared my process every week for the past seven years since I put out a book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> It's funny you say that. I was at the dentist yesterday, and—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">My dentist literally asked me, &#8220;So where do you get all your ideas?&#8221; </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is a common question for all of us, right? And it just becomes so hard to explain that to people who don't walk around in the world just constantly getting ideas.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> I can't believe I'm going to tell this story. I was getting my vasectomy after my second kid, and I was talking to this doctor just before the operation. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He said, &#8220;So what do you do for a living?&#8221; I said, &#8220;I'm a writer.&#8221; He said, &#8220;Oh, that must be cool. You get to use your brain.&#8221; And I said, &#8220;That's everything that you want your doctor to say.&#8221; I was going to say, &#8220;Please use your brain,&#8221; before he's about to cut into you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He said, &#8220;Oh, no, no. What I mean is, I know what I'm going to do every day for the next 10 years.&#8221; He knew exactly what his day was going to look like. He said, &#8220;You have to use your brain. You've got to figure out new stuff.&#8221; I was like, &#8220;Oh, that's really interesting.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's the trade-off, right? He's got the job security. He knows what he's going to do. Every writer has a moment where they have to talk to a normal person about what you do.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I was going to say, I'm married to one.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> Now, my wife, on the other hand, grew up the daughter of a writer, so she knows exactly what it's like. Nothing ever phases her. She's totally used to it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">She's used to me staring off into space, completely checking out of a conversation. She's used to me using lines on her that I'm going to put in a piece later. She's used to the whole rigmarole. It's very handy. I've been very lucky in that sense.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: Coming back to the book, you talk about your use of bibliomancy for inspiration. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Since we're talking about that, tell us about it. I think all the book people listening will be happy.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> I'm a person who still keeps a dictionary nearby—a paper dictionary. I keep a big old <em>American Heritage</em>. It's just a big, thick book. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I really don't have any ideas, I will turn at random to the dictionary, close my eyes, stick my finger down the page, open my eyes, and just see what I come up with. Sometimes just that act will give me an idea.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also do that with books. I'll go around the studio, pick up a book, flip to a random page, and just see what it says there, or read an old piece of marginalia that I've left in a book. I believe deeply in the power of bibliomancy, and I think it's a case for paper books.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm one of those people that still really believes in reference books. I've started collecting more and more of them. I have an old, big dictionary that's always open on my desk, and I look up words. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I learned from John McPhee, the writer, that you should look up words that you think you know. That was the first time I'd ever heard anyone say that. So I look up words that I think I know. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Instead of reaching for a thesaurus when I need a different word, I actually just look up the definition of the word that I already have. That's another McPhee tip.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The other thing that happened that I thought was really interesting is, I got a <em>Roget's </em>for the first time—a thesaurus. I don't think most people know what an actual thesaurus is. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Most people think of a thesaurus as a synonym finder, and that's not actually what a thesaurus is at all. A thesaurus is more like an encyclopaedia, weirdly. You look up things based on big concepts, and then it gives you a bunch of words to look up later. It's a very strange thing. It's not what most people think it is.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have a couple of editions of <em>Roget's </em>in here. I like the really old <em>Roget's </em>from the 1900s because they actually have opposing ideas facing each other on the page. Do you have an old-school <em>Roget's</em>? Have you ever looked through one?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I don't have one now, but I certainly grew up with them. I was literally just thinking, I wonder if there are ones for Americans and ones for British people, because so often we say different things and mean different things. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I always hear Americans say, &#8220;Oh, that's a doozy,&#8221; or something, and it means the complete opposite thing here.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> Like if you say &#8220;fanny pack&#8221; over there. That means something very different than it means here, right? Chips or fries, that kind of stuff. So I wonder if there are different ones for different cultural references.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I don't know.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> As people, with ChatGPT and all these LLMs and stuff, people are like, &#8220;Why would you ever pick up a paper reference book?&#8221; And I'm like, &#8220;I actually like the friction.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I like having to move in space and go over to my dictionary. I like flipping the pages. I like having to scan a page for the word I'm looking for, because—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">This marvellous thing happens when you're looking for the word, where you bump into all these other words.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you're a word nerd, you get to start thinking about the root of the word—oh, why is this word next to this word? Well, it's because they share the same root. Then you're going down all these fun rabbit holes. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The thing that I'm trying to do as a writer and a creative person is, I'm trying to get to the thing that I didn't know I was looking for.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The thing that people misunderstand about AI, I think personally, is that it's a great tool if you know what you're looking for. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you're like, &#8220;Find me this thing. I want exactly this. I want to see a picture of a dog wearing a king's costume,&#8221; or some crap like that, then it can spit that picture out for you. Or, &#8220;I want to know what happened on this day,&#8221; and whatever. It can do that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But that's not actually what I'm doing most of the time when I'm writing or making something. I start with an idea, but what really happens—the magic of writing and the magic of making stuff in general—is when you discover something that you didn't even know you were headed for. That's the real magic for me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sometimes I have an idea and I want to articulate it for people, but more often than not, there's something that bothers me or something that I want to talk about, and I sit down and write, and I figure out what it is that I actually have to say and what I actually think. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Every writer really knows this, and that's why the dictionary, stuff like that, those are ways of training you to get in that discovery mode. &#8220;Well, let me—oh, I bumped into this. I went looking for this one thing and then I ran into this other thing.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's why I love the library. I don't know what system you use over there, but you look for one book in the Dewey Decimal System over here, and then, okay, here's all these other weird books next to it. Then you end up with three other books other than the one that you were looking for. That's the magic. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To me, that's the magic of creative work, discovering what you didn't know you were looking for. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That was particularly important for me when I was writing this book because we discovered that my wife has a condition called aphantasia. It's very rare in the population, about 2 to 3% of people. There's probably some people listening to this right now who are like, &#8220;What is this? Tell me.&#8221;</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: Aphantasia actually more common in the creative industries.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> Yes. What it is, is that you don't see—when I say close your eyes and picture an apple, you don't actually see the apple in your head. You can think about an apple and the qualities of an apple, but you don't actually see it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Some people, and it's a matter of degree—some people like me, I can close my eyes, I can tell you what the apple looks like, I can tell you what colour it is, I can tell you where the shading is. Someone like my wife doesn't see the apple. She can tell you what an apple is.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's really interesting because she has a degree in architecture, which is known as a very visual field. But the thing you discover about aphantasia is, it doesn't keep people from becoming artists. In fact, it's the opposite.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Someone like Ed Catmull, who co-founded Pixar, writes about it in his book, and so many of the great animators at Pixar are actually aphantasics. The reason is that they learned that they had to draw in order to see things. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When you don't have a picture in your head of what you want something to look like, things appear in the drawing, and you find things that you couldn't even picture.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A lot of writers actually are aphantasics. John Green discovered recently that he has aphantasia. It turns out that it's a superpower for writers, because if you don't have a picture in your head, then you don't have to translate that picture into words. A lot of writers talk about thinking in radio, like they have a constant narrator.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My wife—she's probably going to kill me for talking about her this much—when she describes it to me, she's like, &#8220;Oh, it's like a radio in my head. I'm constantly hearing a voice, and it's a narrator.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was like, &#8220;Holy shit, that would be really helpful to me.&#8221; I don't have anything like that in my head. I read <em>Mrs Dalloway</em> for the first time, and I gave it to her and I said, &#8220;You've got to read this book. I think this must be what it's like in your head.&#8221; And she said, &#8220;Oh my God, it is.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Part of the thing that I took away from that experience—this is a long-winded way of getting here—is that I take a lot of inspiration from people with this condition. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Most of the people I know in the arts or the creative fields, they set out with this grand vision, and then they start working on the thing and it's nothing like what they had in their head, and they get really depressed: &#8220;This isn't what I had in mind.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Whereas if you set out without a picture in your head, and you just start manipulating things and you see what appears, that's more of the comic mode I was talking about earlier. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What would happen if we just sat down with our materials and we started playing and we saw what appeared on the page? What if we started typing and saw what appeared, and then we played with that? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's the kind of joy. That's more like how kids operate. Kids are better at that. They're better at reacting to what's actually in front of them, instead of having these grandiose visions about what they're trying to achieve.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Just coming back on the longevity of a creative career. Your books are very distinctive. You have a very distinctive visual style, your handwriting and the way the books are done. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I wondered if another part of the ennui, perhaps, or the draining of the later career is that we get trapped into doing something that feels like it looks the same. Or we have a voice, and we're happy in that voice, but sometimes we want to do something completely different.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For authors, we have different names. I write under two different names, and that helps. But equally—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do you define author voice, and do you ever feel like doing something completely different to your normal style?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> Style, in a lot of ways, is self-plagiarism. Style is the repeated things that we notice in people's work. Hitchcock talked about this in films. Wes Anderson is someone like that—Wes Anderson has a style. I'm sure that he gets really sick of it too sometimes, but you also can't help it in some ways.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I thought a lot about this because people worry about style so much. A lot of the time, what we call style is what Adrian Tomine one time said: &#8220;Style is just the distance between what's in my head and what comes out of my hand.&#8221; I really like that definition.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">With this book, I was trying to think, &#8220;Okay, if I do another book in this series, how can I push things a little bit?&#8221; And then I was reading this article about Taco Bell. You guys have Taco Bell over there, don't you? Do you have Taco Bell?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> No.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> So Taco Bell, for people who don't know, is this American Mexican chain, and they have tacos and burritos and stuff like that. They're well known for making these really insane&#8230; it's so American, this company. They make a taco with a Doritos as a shell. Doritos are crisps, I guess.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, we have Doritos.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> Okay. I spent time in England, I just don't remember if I ate Doritos when I was in England. Anyway, I was reading this article about Taco Bell. It was really funny. They have an innovation kitchen at Taco Bell, and they have a rule about new products. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The rule is called the distinctiveness rule, and the rule is: you can change the flavour or you can change the taste, or you can change the form, but you can't change both at the same time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I got really obsessed with this concept because I thought, &#8220;Well, this could be kind of interesting.&#8221; If you're someone who's had success and you're known for something, this presents an interesting thing. You could do a complete break and do something completely new, or you could try the distinctiveness rule. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Okay, well, what if I play with this idea of taste versus form? What if I change the taste and keep the form?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So the idea for <em>Don't Call It Art</em> was, what if I do another one of these books, but the taste is more like if my kids made it? It had the texture of kids' art, it had lots of scribbles in it, it was loose and messy. That was kind of the idea. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The actual book ended up being more like the other books. It ended up looking like an Austin Kleon book, because I just can't help that. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The thing you said about having multiple names that you write under, that's kind of what I do with the newsletter. I think of the newsletter as very different from the books. The newsletter is this twice-weekly thing where I can be a little bit more of myself.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the books, I'm this very helpful, happy version of myself. It's me, but it's me on my best day. I'm really helpful and interesting for you. The newsletter is still a highlight reel in a sense, but it's a little bit more of my weird everything-I'm-into. It's more of the unclipped version of me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The newsletter becomes a place where I can do a lot of the weird stuff that's much different from the books. I have these little projects going all the time. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sometimes I'll make a bunch of prints and put them online. Sometimes I'll make a bunch of zines on a topic I haven't covered in the book. Sometimes I'll do a mixtape. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As someone who's interested in a lot of different forms and genres and just different modes of output, having something like a newsletter has been really creatively fruitful for me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's kept me from getting too bottomed out with the books because the books do a certain thing for the reader, and as much as I'd love to do a book that was radically different, I also think I've been given a real gift with the form of my books, in that I kind of own the way that they feel and look. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There aren't a lot of books that look like those books and feel like those books, and so I like playing with that form. It would be hard to get rid of it now.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The pseudonym for me is kind of like the newsletter in a sense. The newsletter is a little bit more of where I get to be wild and wacky. Then the books are a little bit more of a chiselled thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> The books are perfect examples of the form, as you say, but it's interesting about the newsletter. You mentioned at the beginning that we can be drained by the admin around the work. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For many people listening, a newsletter becomes admin. So how does the newsletter fit into your business? The books are traditionally published, they're very professional. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do you have your independent side, and how does all of that work together in your business?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> Thank you for asking that question. I run the whole show at the newsletter. The newsletter is just me, and then my wife edits it, and no one else is involved. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don't have an assistant. I don't have a team. It is just me, and that's why I love it. I control everything. I pick who gets in there. I pick everything. I love that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I grew up watching David Letterman over here, and Letterman had a nightly show, and I always thought that was killer. I thought, &#8220;Man, what a fun job. You have a show every night where you have a new guest, and you have all these wacky things going on.&#8221; It was like a variety show. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I always thought that would be really fun, so the newsletter is my version of that. I started the newsletter in 2013, and it was just a Friday newsletter. It quickly became a list of 10 things I thought were worth sharing. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I had a friend, Hugh MacLeod, who was like, &#8220;Hey, I have a newsletter. It's bigger than any conference you've ever gone to.&#8221; He was talking about South by Southwest here in Austin. He's like, &#8220;I have a newsletter now, and it's bigger than South by Southwest.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, I remember him.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> He would say, &#8220;Every time I have a new print, I put it out, and there's a button, and then they buy it.&#8221; He was like, &#8220;You've got to get it. This newsletter thing is killer.&#8221; This was in 2011 or something.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, I still have his books. <em>Blogging in Your Underwear</em> or something.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> Totally. So Hugh's a whole different story, but I was just like, &#8220;Oh, I should really get a newsletter.&#8221; Letterman always had a top 10 list on his show. I just always thought a 10 list was really fun. And of course the books are lists of 10 too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it just worked to have a weekly list of 10. It felt good, and it felt like an infinitely repeatable format. What I'm looking for as a creative person is an infinitely repeatable format that can go on and on and on and be new every time. So the list of 10 is something that people know the form of. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It goes back to the Taco Bell thing. They know the form, but they're not sure what's going to go inside. They know it's going to be a burrito, but they don't know what's going to be in the burrito, and that's the exciting part.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The newsletter, business-wise, was always a marketing cost for about the first eight years of its existence. I paid MailChimp to send it out. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then in about 2021, when I hadn't done a book for a while, my agent said, &#8220;You know, you should really think about doing a paid tier of your newsletter.&#8221; And this is to his credit, because he doesn't make anything off the newsletter. He said, &#8220;There's this thing called Substack now that makes that really easy.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So we moved to Substack in 2021 in October, and I started doing a Tuesday edition of the newsletter that was just for paid people. That grew enough that it's gone from a marketing cost to something that's almost—it's not quite as much as I make on my books, but it's close. And to be candid, my books sell pretty well. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So suddenly the newsletter has become this really healthy income stream. The newsletter to me is actually the day job now. The newsletter is what really keeps the lights on.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's also the perfect mix. It's the day job, it's the thing that keeps income coming in on a regular basis, but it's also the thing I like to do the most. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm not like a traditional writer who likes to just get lost in their book and take years and years and go away. I'm someone who loves to be doing a lot of different things. The newsletter is a perfect format for me. I'm talking myself into not quitting, actually. It's funny.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's gone from this thing that was a marketing cost to now it's a significant part of our income. That journey—such a bad word, journey—that trip has been very interesting. It's been really cool. But I'm also just lucky. I've been really lucky, and I think part of my thing is, I'm always just trying not to squander my luck.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Well, the book is fantastic, and I know people are going to love it. And the newsletter, of course. So tell us—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where can people find you and your books and newsletter online?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> The easiest thing to do is to just go to <a href="https://austinkleon.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">AustinKleon.com</a>, and that has links to everything—the books, the newsletter. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do actually keep an old-school blog still. I'm one of the few people that still maintains their blog and keeps it up to date. I'm hedging my bets because I think in the end everything will come back to a self-hosted website. I think in the end everyone's going to just go back to their little websites, or at least I hope so.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Well, that was great, Austin. Thanks so much.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Austin:</strong> Oh, thank you.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity"/><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/08/dont-call-it-art-rediscovering-creative-joy-with-austin-kleon/">Don’t Call It Art: Rediscovering Creative Joy With Austin Kleon</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/08/dont-call-it-art-rediscovering-creative-joy-with-austin-kleon/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="59857783" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/Podcast_AustinKleon26.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>1:10:25</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>Have you ever lost the joy in your creative work — that sense of fun you had when you were starting out, before the admin and the algorithms drained it away? How do mid-career creatives get it back, and what can a four-year-old teach us about play? Austin Kleon talks about productive procrastination, silly rituals, the case for paper reference books in an AI world, and how his newsletter went from a marketing cost to the day job that keeps the lights on. The post Don’t Call It Art: Rediscovering Creative Joy With Austin Kleon first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>Have you ever lost the joy in your creative work — that sense of fun you had when you were starting out, before the admin and the algorithms drained it away? How do mid-career creatives get it back, and what can a four-year-old teach us about play? Austin Kleon talks about productive procrastination, silly rituals, the case for paper reference books in an AI world, and how his newsletter went from a marketing cost to the day job that keeps the lights on. The post Don’t Call It Art: Rediscovering Creative Joy With Austin Kleon first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
		<item>
		<title>Writing Through Grief And Rebooting an Indie Author Business With Jami Albright</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/01/writing-through-grief-and-rebooting-an-indie-author-business-with-jami-albright/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/01/writing-through-grief-and-rebooting-an-indie-author-business-with-jami-albright/#comments</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Mon, 01 Jun 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Writing]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37659</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>How do you write when your heart is broken? How do you go back into the publishing business after years away, knowing it's a very different industry to the one you left? With Jami Albright.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/01/writing-through-grief-and-rebooting-an-indie-author-business-with-jami-albright/">Writing Through Grief And Rebooting an Indie Author Business With Jami Albright</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>How do you write when your heart is broken?</strong> How do you go back into the publishing business after years away, knowing it's a very different industry to the one you left? With Jami Albright.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the intro, InAudio is now distributing audiobooks to BookShop.org; <br>The Feedback Loop that Makes Better Writers [<a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OV5r0aOC_7E" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Author Nation Podcast</a>]; <a href="https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/251162369-bones-of-the-deep" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title=""><em>Bones of the Deep</em> on Goodreads</a>.</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter"><a href="https://www.publisherrocket.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="400" height="85" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/PublisherRocket.png" alt="" class="wp-image-33606" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/PublisherRocket.png 400w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/PublisherRocket-300x64.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 400px) 100vw, 400px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="http://www.publisherrocket.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a>This episode is sponsored by&nbsp;<a href="https://publisherrocket.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Publisher Rocket</a>, which will help you get your book in front of more Amazon readers so you can spend less time marketing and more time writing. I use Publisher Rocket for researching book titles, categories, and keywords — for new books and for updating my backlist. Check it out at&nbsp;<a href="https://publisherrocket.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">www.PublisherRocket.com</a></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This show is also supported by my Patrons. Join my Community at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.patreon.com/thecreativepenn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon.com/thecreativepenn</a>&nbsp;</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter size-full"><a href="https://www.jamialbright.com/" target="_blank" rel=" noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="906" height="300" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Jami-Albright.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-37695" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Jami-Albright.jpg 906w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Jami-Albright-300x99.jpg 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Jami-Albright-768x254.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 906px) 100vw, 906px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jami Albright is the bestselling author of the Brides on the Run romances and the co-host of the <em>Wish I'd Known Then</em> <em>Podcast</em>. Today we're talking about her new novel, <a href="https://amzn.to/4dQPbLM" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title=""><em>The Summer That Changed Us</em>.</a></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can listen above or on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">your favorite podcast app</a>&nbsp;or read the notes and links below. Here are the highlights and the full transcript is below.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Show Notes</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>How Jami started writing fiction at 47 and waited a year before publishing her first book</li>



<li>Why she fictionalised her sister's terminal cancer story rather than writing a memoir</li>



<li>The difference between writing as therapy and writing for the reader</li>



<li>Reactivating an email newsletter after almost two years of silence</li>



<li>Going wide with a standalone women's fiction novel after years in KU and rom-com</li>



<li>Letting go of the frantic hustle of indie publishing and redefining what success looks like</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find Jami at <a href="https://www.jamialbright.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">JamiAlbright.com</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript of the interview with Jami Albright</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Jami Albright is the bestselling author of the Brides on the Run romances and the co-host of the <em>Wish I'd Known Then</em> <em>Podcast</em>. Today we're talking about her new novel, <em>The Summer That Changed Us</em>. So, welcome to the show, Jami.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> Thank you, Joanna. I've made it. This is my first time on <em>The Creative Penn</em>, so I can retire tomorrow.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> And we were saying before the show, I really thought you had been on the show before, because over the years we've connected a lot. We met over a decade ago, didn't we? At the Smarter Artist Summit. I was like, &#8220;I'm sure you've been on the show,&#8221; and you haven't. So, yes, welcome.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> Thank you. You've been on our show, though. We did an interview with you a few years ago.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes. Well, anyway, for anyone who doesn't follow your show—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Tell us a bit more about you and how you got into writing and publishing.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> Okay. So I am the co-host of the <em>Wish I'd Known Then Podcast for Writers</em>. Sara Rosett and I have been doing that podcast since January 2020. Little did we know what was coming, and it really saved me, just mentally, being able to talk to people every week.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I never wrote a word of fiction until I was 47. I'd never really written anything. I have really bad grammar. I tell a lot of stories, and I would make up stories, but I'd never write them down because of the grammar thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But my reading buddy had her birthday coming up in about three months, and I thought, &#8220;You know what? I'm going to write Jennifer a book for her birthday. She doesn't care if I have bad grammar.&#8221; I just thought it would be on brand. It was so hard. I wrote myself into a corner very fast.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I told her, she said, &#8220;Well, now you have to.&#8221; So I got <em>Writing a Romance Novel for Dummies</em>, I read that, and I started writing what is now <em>Running from a Rock Star</em>. But then my computer crashed and I lost it, and I was like, &#8220;Well, I'm not a writer.&#8221; So that was fine.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I turned 50, and I told my family, &#8220;I think the only thing I regret is not finishing that book.&#8221; Of course they were like, &#8220;Well, you need to just do it again.&#8221; I was like, &#8220;No, I had 30,000 words.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A few weeks later my daughter came in and said, &#8220;Mom, I found this flash drive in my car. I think it has your book on it.&#8221; And it was 20,000 of the 30,000 words. So I was like, &#8220;Well, it's now or never.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I joined Romance Writers of America and got involved in a critique group, and they absolutely kicked my butt for a good six months. I think every week they were surprised I came back, because it was so brutal. I knew I didn't know anything, and they taught me to write.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Six months after I joined that first critique group, I won my first contest with the first 10 pages of that book. Then I just continued on. Three years later, I published <em>Rock Star</em>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was going to publish it two years later, but I went to the Smarter Artist Summit, where I met you. I was advised by Julia Cant and Sean Platt and some other people to wait—preferably to have more books written. I had the second book written when the first one came out, but it still needed to be edited.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I waited a year, learned this business, and sold plasma to pay for my edits because I was poor. It was the best decision I ever made. Going to that conference, first of all, was the best $500 I've ever spent, and waiting that year really helped me learn this business.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I published the book, I had an email list of 1,200 people before the book ever came out. None of those things would have been set up had I published right after the Smarter Artist Summit, which is what I'd thought I would do, in the summer. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So waiting gave me time to get everything set up so that when I published that book, it really took off from day one.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I had 1,200 people on that newsletter list who wanted that book, because I had done a preview promo. Instead of putting out the whole book, I think I put out four chapters, and then people signed up. I don't know that that works anymore.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I was going to say that. We should say to people, what was that, around 2016?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> 2017. Things have changed.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, things have changed, and I think this is so important. I had a question about this, and what they were implying was things that, like you said, we learned a decade ago. Things have changed.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We'll come back to how you're doing it now, but just in terms of finishing off how you got started—those books did really well, didn't they? You had a couple of years there. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How many books did you do? How did that go? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because you did have real success.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> Yes. From 2017 until really the beginning of 2021, if you look at my sales graph and my income, it just increased, increased, increased. 2019 was my very best year, but 2020 was only slightly lower as far as book sales and income.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I only put out a book a year after the second book. The second book came out about six months after the first one, and after that it was about every nine months to a year that I put a book out. Everyone said you can't make money doing that, but I did.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think those books are very tropey. They're very hooky. That helped. I also think the timing of those books was really good. Rom-com was really coming up, and my rom-com is pretty wacky, but it's also really emotional too. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If I get any critiques about them it's usually that &#8220;this book was way more emotional than I expected, and I was looking for something a little lighter.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They're just really wacky. They're rom-coms. Wacky circumstances. Small town, so there's all these small-town people. I just think it was a good time to release those. Those were good years. I miss those years.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> It's a good lesson, because it's not always up and to the right, is it? We're going to come back and revisit that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So then the pandemic hit, and on a more personal level, over the last few years, you've had a deeply difficult time that has led to <em>The Summer That Changed Us</em>, your latest book. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So talk a bit about what's happened, why this book, and also why fictionalise it rather than write a memoir? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I had that question.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> Okay. So 2021, my income was dropping, but it was still okay. I was still making more than enough that—thank God I don't have to make all the money in our household—but there was a level that I wanted to.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">At the end of 2021, my sister, who was the fourth of five sisters, had lived with cancer—non-smoker's lung cancer—for 10 years. She had the kind that, if you had a certain mutation, there were medications that worked amazingly well. Until they didn't, and then they put you on another class of that medication. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So for 10 years, that's what she did. She missed work maybe three times in 10 years. People who met her never knew she had cancer unless they knew us. She just never acted like she had cancer. We would have to say, &#8220;Remember, you have cancer.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">At the end of 2021, they ran out of that class of drugs. There were some being tested, but none had been approved. When she was diagnosed, she was diagnosed with stage four lung cancer. You don't survive very long having stage four lung cancer with no medication.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I saw the writing on the wall pretty much at the end of 2021, but of course I was very hopeful that they could do something. By May of 2022, it was clear things were not going well. In July of 2022, she got a six-to-twelve-week diagnosis. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">She just went in one day thinking she was about to get radiation, not knowing anything, and they were like, &#8220;No, we can't do radiation, and you should get your affairs in order because you have six to twelve weeks to live.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> People who've been through it know this feeling. It's like being hit by a wrecking ball. It just knocks everything off your axis. Your whole world implodes into this one moment, this person that you love.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I live four hours away from my family. They all still live in the same small town. I was in Dallas at my daughter's at the time, and they live about 30 miles outside of Dallas. So I went to my mom's, and I stayed there. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was there for almost six months, if you count the time I was back and forth, because she was not doing great but she was still okay. She had always rallied and come back.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But once she got the diagnosis, I stayed. She would go home, but she would come back to my mom's during the day, because her husband worked. She was a teacher, so she was off during the summer. I was just there, and we all just took care of her.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When she decided to go on hospice, she wanted to be at my mom's. She didn't want to be at home—they lived out in the country. She wanted to be at my mom's, so we set her up in the living room. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We're redneck country people. We bring our crazy people in, our sick people, just out for everybody to see. She was just in the middle of the living room in her hospital bed, and the world just revolved around that hospital bed.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Once that happened, once I knew at the end of 2021 that things were not going to go well—I really did not believe she would die. But she died a month after she went on hospice in October of 2022.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That whole year, I was useless. I could not write. I couldn't think of anything to write. I write funny. How do you write funny when your heart's broken? I couldn't do it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">After she died, I knew it would take a while. I knew it would maybe even be a year. But as the weeks turned into months and the months turned into years, I haven't written—except for her obituary—I've not written a word since she died until I started writing this book a year ago. I started it on April 19th.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I mean, the stories of grief—there seems to be no way of escaping whatever it ends up being. You didn't choose your response. Your deep grief was just there, and you couldn't write. I feel like sometimes people just try and force it. It sounds like that's what you needed, and you have done that. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what then gave you the impetus to finally write—and to choose fiction?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> I didn't write memoir. I did think about doing a memoir, but I don't read memoir, and I don't know how to write it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was already behind the eight ball, trying to write a book at all because it had been forever. I don't need to learn how to write something completely different. Plus, it just felt too close to write the memoir.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I had been in Mexico City with my daughter, who has an event planning company, and we were there scouting locations for one of her events. Janet Margot lives in Mexico City, so I reached out, and we had dinner. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We were talking, and she had had two big losses about the same time that my sister passed away. So we were talking about how difficult it is afterwards, just getting your head back into a space of being creative at all.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">She said, &#8220;You really should write this book. You should tell this story. It hits everything: middle-aged women dealing with middle-age things. You've got your parents that you were dealing with, and then your sister. You should write this story.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I said, &#8220;No, thank you. I lived it. I don't want to write it.&#8221; But it just wouldn't go away. I couldn't figure out how I would tell it. Whose point of view? I couldn't do it from the dying sister's point of view because I didn't think I could be authentic. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was afraid to tell it from multiple POVs because the book has a lot of characters in it. My family is gigantic—my immediate family, my sisters, husbands, nieces and nephews, my kids, my mom and dad—there are 35 of us. Almost all of those are in and out of my mom's house all the time. So I knew I couldn't do multiple point of view.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One day, I was driving home to my mom's house, and it just hit me. The whole story laid out in front of me, and that's what I did. The first draft was pretty much just a retelling of what happened to us. I added some fictional elements, but I just wanted to get the story out. It was hard.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I started Adderall on April 19th of 2025—I know that, because that's the day I started this book. I do call this the book that Adderall wrote, because I could sit and focus for three or four hours, which I'd never really been able to do. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would come to Starbucks and I would sit and write this book, and I would cry sitting in Starbucks, like a crazy person. People would walk by and slide a napkin onto the table and just keep walking, because I'm sitting there crying like crazy.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was so superstitious, and things were working so well, that I was afraid not to come and write at Starbucks. Staying at home, I think, would have been really hard. I would maybe have sunk into a depression had I done this at home. So I just wrote the whole book at Starbucks.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">After I wrote the first draft, I went back in and made it more fictional. But a lot of the book—especially her stuff—is a lot of what happened. She was just crazy. I tell a story in the book that, this is the absolute truth, this happened.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">She was in college, and she had convinced my younger sister to go to a honky-tonk club because they were having a Miss Honky-Tonk contest. Before she could get up on stage to compete as Miss Honky-Tonk, she got in a fight with some girl, and the girl hit her in the head with a bottle and split her head open. She was bleeding. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My youngest sister was like, &#8220;We've got to go to the ER.&#8221; And she just refused, because there was a $300 cash prize for winning, and she needed it to make rent. So she borrowed a towel from the bartender, wrapped it around her head, competed with that bloody towel on her head, and won that stupid contest.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That story in and of itself was my sister. Everything about her is in that story. So a lot of the stories in there happened to her in one way or another. What happens to June in the book happened to my sister.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> This is interesting, because the same thing memoir writers face is something perhaps you face: how much of the writing is therapy and how much is for the reader? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You said you sat there crying. Absolutely, writing for therapy is very important—but when you come to edit, there might be things that your therapy side of you is like, &#8220;That's so important to me.&#8221; </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do you kill your darlings when you're editing your sister's life?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> That was hard. I had to take out a lot of what was in the first draft, mostly the stories. Once she came home on hospice, it was just a steady stream of people coming in, and everybody had a story about her.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What I found in editing was that Hope, the main character, was mostly a spectator in those scenes instead of being actively part of them. So I had to take those out, because they didn't serve the purpose of the book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I committed early on to: while I wanted to tell the story, I did not want it to be self-indulgent. I did not want it to be a therapy session that I sold to people as a story. Because of that, I think that really helped. I really did think about that as I was revising.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I sent it to a developmental editor, and I don't know how great she was, but she gave me some really good advice about a couple of things.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One was, &#8220;There's just not enough conflict in this book. You say that Hope and the father have this really contentious relationship, yet we don't see it. There's a little bit of it here and there, but you're not really digging into that.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's hard, because while the rest of the world doesn't know, my family knows that this is a lot of our story. I just had to let that go and not worry about what my family thought. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They had all given me permission. I'd sort of said, &#8220;I want to do this. Are you guys okay with that?&#8221; I talked to her husband, and everybody was okay with me doing it. But I couldn't worry about what they were going to think. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would repeat to myself: if they want to tell this story, they can write their own book. I'm writing what I saw and telling a fictionalised story that will hopefully honour her, but also help other people feel like they're being seen, and also be entertaining. If you're going to write a book, it needs to be somewhat entertaining.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I don't think you can help yourself. You're funny.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> Yes. The book is really funny. I tell people that and they're like, &#8220;Hmm, really?&#8221; And I'm like, &#8220;It is really funny.&#8221; But it's also really sad.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Well, I think that's the truth—to defend myself. There is a lot of humour in grief. There is death and dying, and it's a human condition.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> It is a human condition, yep.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> There's comedy in all of the human condition. That's just the way it is, right?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I heard you mention on an interview, I can't remember where it was, that you feel very connected to this book, and you're worried that people judging it or giving it a bad review might feel like an insult to your sister. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How are you dealing with these kinds of fears about how to separate ourselves from our books?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> I've been in therapy—like, literal therapy—for that, because I felt like that would be hard. So far, I've only gotten a few reviews back. They've all been good reviews. I haven't had anyone say they hate it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I just have had to separate myself. It's not personal. Reviews are never personal. People not liking your book is never personal.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's just a mindset. I've had to change my mind about that. Knowing that's a pitfall I could fall into, I really keep it top of mind. My family knows that's an issue, so they know they have to pull me out of that hole if I drop in. So that's really how I've handled it so far. We'll see.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Maybe it's time as well. You're almost back to the &#8220;book is your baby&#8221; situation. As the years pass, the book almost becomes separate, doesn't it? How you feel about your first bride book is probably like, &#8220;It's not even me anymore.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> Right. I learned early that your book isn't really your baby. Once you publish it, it's your product. So that has never been very hard for me. I still hate bad reviews, and I take them personally like everybody else does, if I let myself.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But ultimately, this is a book that I'm putting out for entertainment. Yes, it's very personal. Yes, it means a lot to me. But if people don't like it, it isn't because they don't like my dead sister. They just don't like my writing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> It's tough, but it's good to talk about, because this is something many people feel. My memoir <em>Pilgrimage</em>—it's not the same at all—but I was just so scared of judgment. The fear of judgment. What people would think of me. That's kind of different, but—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">It's this question of how it'll land. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The reality is, not many people read these books anyway.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> Well, I have worried about how it would land, but mostly I worry about how it would land with the people I love. My mom read it last week. I was there while she was reading it. That was no fun. She laughed, but it was devastating to her. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">She's like, &#8220;It's great, and I hate it.&#8221; Because it is so raw and real to her still—well, to all of us. That's where I worry, how it's going to land with them. But again, I've had to let that go. I had to let it go during the writing, because if I worried about that, then I would not have told an honest story. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That was another thing—I didn't want it to be self-indulgent, and I wanted it to be honest. As honest as I could make it, even to the point of making people uncomfortable. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's a line. Once you cross it, there's no getting you back after that. So I walked that line really carefully, because I did want it to be honest about how I felt, how other people I know who've been through something like this feel.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Also, just relationships. Because when you're in a big family like my sisters and I—we adore each other, but we can also go toe-to-toe real fast. It can get ugly, because we know each other really well. We're also a little bit redneck, so we don't pull any punches. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Your sisters are always the most honest people in your life. I wanted that to be true in this book too—both sides of that story.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Let's circle back to the business stuff and some of the things we talked about, because obviously this has been a really difficult time. There was no way to deal with it in any other way, but your business has changed. You had these great few years, good sales, and then you had other priorities. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So how are you rebooting the business? Lots of people end up taking a few years out for whatever reason. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How are you rebooting the business to try and sell some books?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> To be honest, I have the remnants of a business. I have tried over the last four years to run some ads to get the Bride's books going, but here's something that's very interesting, and if somebody can tell me why this happened, I would love to hear it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">These books that have sold so many books—I mean, <em>so</em> many books—I could not give them away. It didn't matter what I did. I changed covers, I changed blurbs, I put them on sale, I took them off sale, I ran ads. Ads wouldn't really move the needle.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I know that at a certain point, when you haven't published and your books get pushed down in the algorithm, that is an uphill battle. But it was almost like, one day they just fell off, and once they started falling, I could not get them back. I just couldn't.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that I didn't make myself crazy—because also during this time, I was just trying to keep my head above water—when I would deal with my books or go into my dashboard, I would feel horrible. I was already feeling horrible, so I didn't need to feel more horrible. So I just sort of let them go after a certain point.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've now started running some Facebook ads. I have one Facebook ad that's working really well, knock on wood, right now for my first Bride's book. The problem is, this book and my Bride's books are different. The voice and the tone are the same, but they're really different in a lot of ways. They're the same in a lot of ways. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This book doesn't have any sex; the other books don't have anybody dying. But some of the things are really similar. So I may have some crossover.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For whatever reason, this ad is working. My book one is ranked better than it's been ranked in forever—really good. I'm not spending a ton of money to do it. So I don't know what changed. I don't know if I'll ever know.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've revised my newsletter, and that's worked well. I still have around a 35 to 40% open rate on a newsletter that I didn't send out for almost two years. I was sending it out, but then I kind of stopped, and then I started again.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I was going to ask you about that, because I often get people emailing me. They're like, &#8220;I have a really old newsletter from several years ago. I haven't emailed them for years.&#8221; </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what did you say in that first email? Like, &#8220;Hey, I'm back&#8221;?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> I mean, I'm just like, &#8220;Remember me?&#8221; It really was kind of like that. Just, &#8220;I'm back. You guys know life has happened. I'm sure you understand. If you're still here, thank you so much. I have been writing. I have this book that I think some of you will really love.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's really how it was. From the first email, even that first email had a higher open rate. I think it was close to 45%. I had not sent out a newsletter in two years literally.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> People were like, &#8220;What happened?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> They're like, &#8220;Oh, she didn't die. That was her sister, not her.&#8221; But I've just been really fortunate. They've been really encouraging. Every time I send one out, I get really encouraging emails back. So I've sent out about the book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The majority of my readers are KU readers because my books are in KU. But this book is going wide. One of the things I'm doing because I have been a little concerned about… Janet Margot does a lot of Amazon ads stuff and she knows a lot about Amazon. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We've talked a lot about whether I should use my real name, my pen name, or come up with another name. Should I worry about my readers buying the book and messing up my Also Boughts? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">All of those things, because my readers are romance readers. Some of them read women's fiction, but for the most part, they're romance readers.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've decided to stick with Jami Albright and not worry about it. There are just things you can't control, so I've had to hold everything with a really open hand with this book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I am offering the book on my website. I'm selling it at $7.99—I chose a high price point, because I just feel like, to sit with the other books that I want it to sit with, I need that price point. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I'm offering it on my website, starting at the end of this week, for $5. If they're KU readers and they don't buy books, but they want the book, they can get it for $5 on my website, which I think is reasonable.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Mm. Absolutely.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> If that's too much for them, I understand and I get it. Time, things are hard right now, and if they can't do that, it's going to be in libraries, so they can request it at their library. But right now that's the plan. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Hopefully that helps with the Also Boughts a little bit too. Even though, again, I just can't worry about those things. As a gift to my readers, I want to do this for them as well—give them a discount.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> And obviously this is a standalone, right? This is not—</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> Yes, it is. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Again, a bit like memoir, all the book marketing we talk about in fiction is &#8220;write a series.&#8221; It's much easier. So it is difficult to market a standalone in general. And this is something that happened, so it is a standalone situation.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So do you feel like you're back in terms of writing? Have you got plans for more books, or is this a business for you going forward? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do you feel like you want to re-enter this whole world?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> I do. I have an idea for a book similar to this one—not in the same kind of genre, I mean, of women's fiction, kind of midlife fiction stuff. I have an idea. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I had nothing for months and months and months, and a couple of months ago, this idea kind of came to me. I was like, &#8220;Oh, that's not bad.&#8221; So I'm mulling it over—I do a lot of mulling—and that's the next book I think I will write.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don't know that I'll write rom-coms again. Not because I don't love them. I do, and I love my rom-coms. But I'm just different. You do not go through something like this and come out on the other side the same. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don't know that I could carry an entire rom-com through without it being even more emotional than mine are now. So for right now, I'm going to write another one of these kinds of books where it's got a lot of emotion, family dynamic, tension and dynamics.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> That's great. I do feel like once you've written the book that was waiting—your sister's book—then more things arrive, and it's great to hear that that is arriving for you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And of course, we change. One of the nice things about writing for the long term and building more of a name brand is that you change, and your readers either follow you or they don't, but it's your life. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I think that's a good reason to have one pen name. I obviously have two, but my fiction pen name I've written all kinds of genres under. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Why else would we keep doing this? I don't want to write the same book over and over again.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> Right. Believe me, I've had to eat a lot of crow over the last four years, and it's tasty with ketchup. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have decided that a lot of the stuff I said is true: about you write in one genre, you give the people exactly what they want, and you give it to them over and over again. I believe all of that. I still believe those things. It's just that I don't know that I'm capable of doing that right now.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Also, I'm older. I am about doing the things that bring me joy and are not a drudgery. I want to say this, because I miss the success. I miss who I thought I was during that time. I miss the recognition. I'll freely admit it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I miss being the person doing the thing that everybody said couldn't be done. &#8220;You can't make money with one book a year.&#8221; Well, watch me. And I did. I miss that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What I don't miss, and I've had to be really, really honest with myself, which has been difficult—I don't miss the anxiety that came with that. There was a lot of franticness. I think that if you are in a lot of groups, you see that franticness. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've had to step back, like I've had to step back, and then go back into these groups, you hear authors and see authors, and there's just this frantic sense that we're losing everything, and we have to hold on so tight to everything.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was like that. I checked my ads constantly. I checked my dashboard constantly. My mom used to say, &#8220;This should be fun.&#8221; I'm like, &#8220;Mom, it's a business. It's not fun.&#8221; But I recognise that I loved that so much that I held onto it so tight. I don't want to go back to that. I don't have the energy for that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Since this all happened, I've gained four more grandchildren than I had. I have six grandchildren now. I want to spend time with them. I want to spend time with my adult children. I want to spend time with my mom and dad. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I can't be frantic about my sales—are they going up, are they dropping?—and give emotionally to the people I love in my life.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If the last four years have taught me anything, it is that the one thing you can never get back is time. You can never get it back, and that is so important to me right now. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">With this book—and one of the reasons I wanted to talk to you when we were talking about when I would do it—I wanted to do it before it came out, because I've already won.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Writing this book, writing a book that honours the bravest person I've ever known and doing the second-hardest thing that I've ever had to do, is the win. That's the win. Whatever happens with this book afterwards is just what happens with this book afterwards. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It doesn't change who I am, and you told me that when we were in Vegas two years ago. That conversation really changed a lot for me, because you said, &#8220;You are a successful author.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was still trying to come up with a plan to be a successful author again, and you were like, &#8220;You <em>are</em> a successful author. You've had success. That makes you a successful author. You don't have to chase that.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That changed so much of my thinking. If I could leave listeners with anything, it is that we need to recognise the things we can't control and just deal with the things we can control. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's kind of how my sister lived. She could not control her cancer, but she could control how she responded to it and how she went forward.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think a lot of times, when bad things happen, we want to make sense of them. We want a reason for them. And a lot of times there's just no reason. There's no reason my sister died. There's no reason she left two kids and a husband devastated and a family that just has a giant hole in it. There's no reason for that. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What defines us is not figuring out why that happened. It's what we do with that going forward. I think that's important for me to remember when I start getting caught up in all the franticness of this business.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes. Or not, as the case may be. You can just let the book be what it is. And I do feel like these deeper books, they're more slow burn. You wrote books that ran, ran like the bride. Now we're not running like the bride.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> I'm tired. I don't run unless a wild animal's chasing me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Exactly. Look, we're out of time, but just tell people, if they haven't listened, a bit about your podcast, <em><a href="https://wishidknownforwriters.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Wish I'd Known Then</a></em> with Sara Rosett. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Tell people what they can find over on that podcast and why you're still doing it. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You've been doing it throughout the whole time. While not writing, you've still been podcasting.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> It absolutely saved my life. It's kept me in this business. While I haven't been publishing, I still know what's going on. I know about direct sales, I know about what's happening behind the scenes, with Facebook ads. I've kept in touch with those things because of our podcast.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's an interview podcast like yours, but we talk to people about what they wish they'd known about indie publishing. Most people have some certain thing that they've been working on or doing, and we talk to them a little bit about that too. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We ask the same questions every week to every guest, and it's so interesting how different the answers are, and yet how similar they are.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think that helps when you're going through it and you're like, &#8220;God, I must be the only one feeling this way.&#8221; But you tune into a podcast, and you hear week after week, &#8220;Oh, no, there are other people feeling the same way I'm feeling, or struggling with the same things I'm struggling with.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Hopefully we give people things to shoot for and to aspire to. We have some amazing guests. They've all been really gracious and really honest. I don't know if it's the questions, or just because Sara and I are our style, but they're really honest with us when they answer the questions.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> It's a great show. I recommend it a lot.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> Thank you.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: Where can people find you and your books online?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> You can find me at <a href="https://www.jamialbright.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">JamiAlbright.com</a>—that's J-A-M-I-Albright.com. I'm on all the socials as <a href="https://www.instagram.com/JamiAlbrightAuthor" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Jami Albright Author</a>. My books are on Amazon right now, but this book is actually now on all the retailers. So that's where you can find me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Brilliant. Well, thanks so much for your time, Jami. That was great.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jami:</strong> It was an honour. Thank you so much.</p><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/01/writing-through-grief-and-rebooting-an-indie-author-business-with-jami-albright/">Writing Through Grief And Rebooting an Indie Author Business With Jami Albright</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/01/writing-through-grief-and-rebooting-an-indie-author-business-with-jami-albright/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="51014209" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/PodcastJamiAlbright26.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>59:53</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>How do you write when your heart is broken? How do you go back into the publishing business after years away, knowing it's a very different industry to the one you left? With Jami Albright. The post Writing Through Grief And Rebooting an Indie Author Business With Jami Albright first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>How do you write when your heart is broken? How do you go back into the publishing business after years away, knowing it's a very different industry to the one you left? With Jami Albright. The post Writing Through Grief And Rebooting an Indie Author Business With Jami Albright first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
		<item>
		<title>Accessibility And AI: How New Tools Are Opening Doors For Indie Authors With Jeff Adams</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/05/25/accessibility-and-ai-how-new-tools-are-opening-doors-for-indie-authors-with-jeff-adams/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/05/25/accessibility-and-ai-how-new-tools-are-opening-doors-for-indie-authors-with-jeff-adams/#respond</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Mon, 25 May 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Author Entrepreneur]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Healthy Writer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[accessibility]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37467</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>How is AI transforming accessibility for indie authors — and why should you care even if you consider yourself able-bodied? What happens when the tools designed to help people with disabilities end up making everyone's creative business better? Jeff Adams, accessibility expert and romance author, explores how AI is opening doors that were previously closed.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/05/25/accessibility-and-ai-how-new-tools-are-opening-doors-for-indie-authors-with-jeff-adams/">Accessibility And AI: How New Tools Are Opening Doors For Indie Authors With Jeff Adams</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>How is AI transforming accessibility for indie authors — and why should you care</strong> even if you consider yourself able-bodied? What happens when the tools designed to help people with disabilities end up making everyone's creative business better? Jeff Adams, accessibility expert and romance author, explores how AI is opening doors that were previously closed.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the intro, <a href="https://authors.spotify.com/blog/investor-day" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Spotify Audiobook Innovations</a>; The Economics of Convention Life [<a href="https://www.theindyauthor.com/show-notes/336-todd-fahnestock" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">The Indy Author</a>]; Friction in your Author Business [<a href="https://selfpublishingadvice.org/podcast-where-friction-hides-in-your-author-business/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Self-Publishing with ALLi</a>].</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter"><a href="https://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="430" height="144" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/draft2digital.jpg" alt="draft2digital" class="wp-image-23600" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/draft2digital.jpg 430w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/draft2digital-300x100.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 430px) 100vw, 430px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a>Today's show is sponsored by&nbsp;<a href="http://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Draft2Digital</a>, self-publishing with support, where you can get free formatting, free distribution to multiple stores, and a host of other benefits. Just go to&nbsp;<a href="https://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">www.draft2digital.com</a>&nbsp;to get started.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This show is also supported by my Patrons. Join my Community at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.patreon.com/thecreativepenn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon.com/thecreativepenn</a>&nbsp;<a href="https://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a></p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter size-full"><a href="https://jeffadamswrites.com/" target="_blank" rel=" noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="875" height="300" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Jeff-Adams.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-37680" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Jeff-Adams.jpg 875w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Jeff-Adams-300x103.jpg 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Jeff-Adams-768x263.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 875px) 100vw, 875px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff Adams is the author of YA thrillers and gay romance, and the co-author of <em>Content for Everyone</em>, a practical guide for creative entrepreneurs to produce accessible and usable web content. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can listen above or on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">your favorite podcast app</a>&nbsp;or read the notes and links below. Here are the highlights and the full transcript is below.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Show Notes</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>How ending a long-running podcast made space for more writing — and how to know when it's time to let go of a good thing</li>



<li>What accessibility really means for indie authors and why your digital content might be excluding part of your audience</li>



<li>How AI agents like Claude Cowork are removing physical and cognitive barriers for authors with disabilities, chronic pain, or limited energy</li>



<li>The culture of shame around AI use in the writing community and why blanket anti-AI statements can be ableist</li>



<li>Practical tools including NotebookLM, ElevenReader, and ChatGPT for marketing copy, metadata management, and multimodal research</li>



<li>Exciting futures in personalised reading, real-time translation, and AI browser agents that could change how everyone interacts online</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find Jeff at <a href="https://jeffadamswrites.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">JeffAdamsWrites.com</a>. Jeff also now has a SubStack at <br><a href="https://contentforeveryone.substack.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">contentforeveryone.substack.com</a></p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript of the interview with Jeff Adams</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Jeff Adams is the author of YA thrillers and gay romance, and the co-author of <em>Content for Everyone</em>, a practical guide for creative entrepreneurs to produce accessible and usable web content. Welcome back to the show, Jeff.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: Thanks so much, Jo. It's good to be back.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: It is. <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2023/03/13/content-for-everyone-accessibility-for-authors-with-jeff-adams/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">You were last on the show in March 2023</a>, so over three years ago now. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Give us a bit of an update on your writing and publishing business and what it looks like at the moment.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: Sure. I think the biggest thing that happened is that my husband Will, who is also a writer, we ended the Big Gay Fiction Podcast at the end of 2024, after 470-something episodes. It was basically time to do that. So we both focused on writing from that point. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In 2025 we had some of our biggest successes in getting writing out into the world. I refound my groove—my difficulty in writing went away finally. We talked a little bit about that back in 2023 too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Will started a new pen name and started producing again, and it was really good to be able to move in that direction.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Was this the hockey romance that really hit at the right time?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: You know, I wish I could have capitalised more on <em>Heated Rivalry</em> when it came out, but I did get hockey books out, and I think I did get to ride that wave a little bit there too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Yes, and if people don't know about that, that was a super popular streaming series. Was that based on a book?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: It was, yes. Rachel Reid was the author of that book and that series that then Jacob Tierney optioned and made into what fairly turned into a global phenomenon at the end of 2025.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Yes, absolutely. Although I particularly liked <em>Red, White and Royal Blue</em>. That was the one I liked. Not so much into hockey. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But anyway, I just wanted to ask you about the Big Gay Fiction Podcast. As you say, you did hundreds of episodes over many years. You and I met over podcasting. You've had lots of connections with people. You ended it, and I know you struggled with ending it, but it sounds like it went really well for you. So maybe you could talk a bit about—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do you know when it's time to end something—a good thing rather than something bad? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Does that make more space for writing, essentially?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: It absolutely did make more space for writing for both of us, in particular for me because I have a day job. I balance everything on the creative side with the day job. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Will and I had been talking about it for over a year. It just was like, it's really time. After nine years, getting to that 470 mark, we thought about trying to get to 10 years and we thought about, if not 10, then getting to 500 and ending on a milestone.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As we looked at everything in our creative business, it was like, this is fun, we enjoy it, but we're not getting as much out of it as we might be if we were actually also writing books, which we also really want to do. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It became a time thing and what was the best use of the time. We absolutely miss it occasionally. The whole <em>Heated Rivalry</em> thing, I would've loved to have had episodes to talk about that on, but in the long run, it was worth it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: I mean, one of the things with a podcast, particularly around fiction, was that it was a marketing angle for your fiction. This show is a marketing angle mainly for my nonfiction. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what did you replace the podcast with, in terms of book marketing?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: It was really stepped-up email marketing. I'd always had a list. Will started a list, of course, as he started his new pen name. So it was really turning on that, focusing on that, getting some email marketing with a Bargain Booksy and a Fussy Librarian and a BookBub occasionally to do that work.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To be honest, even though we covered things in our genre that if you like what we're talking about, you should like our books, there was never as much of a connection there as you'd want there to be. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Even from that book marketing angle, these other things that we can do, it's also a better spend of the money to get those types of promos than it was to continue running the show.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Yes, that is interesting. I mean, obviously I think about podcasting a lot since I have this one, and I put <em>Books and Travel</em> on a hiatus and that was meant to help my fiction and definitely didn't help my fiction sales. But I want to bring it back again because I love doing it. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do you have this hankering sometimes? Do you think you'd ever do the podcast again? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because you are also quite into all the technical stuff and all that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: It's possible. I've toyed with the idea of doing a short accessibility podcast geared towards creatives, tilting to the same audience that <em>Content for Everyone</em> does. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I come back and look at the time—is my time better served writing new fiction or perhaps starting a Substack, which I also toy with the idea of, for accessibility stuff?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it bounces around in my head to do another show, but I haven't really decided to jump on that yet.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Yes, and I think that waiting is really good. As you say, you quit a big thing and you don't have to rush to fill it again. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I love that you guys are writing more books. So I wanted us to talk about that up front because I know people who listen to this show—I encourage people to start podcasts if you want to, but equally it can take a lot of time. So that's fantastic. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now, you mentioned accessibility, and I feel like the word can be quite difficult for people. So let's just start with a definition. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is accessibility? Why do you care and why should we care?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: So accessibility is really about making sure that whatever the thing is, whether it's something out in the physical world or in the online world, that everybody has access to it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Access to the information, access to getting into a building or being able to cross the street appropriately, whatever that is—that the accessibility of the thing is high. So that regardless of who is approaching it, they can interact with whatever the thing is.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If we put that into the digital world, it's about making sure that text on a screen can be perceived by anybody, whether they're trying to read it visually or if they're trying to read it through a screen reader or through a braille monitor. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Whatever that is, they need to be able to interact with it, get the information they need, do all the functions of whatever it is on the screen. Check out on Amazon, check out at their favourite e-commerce place, be able to get the products in their cart, check out, et cetera.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For creatives, it's about the things that we do: the websites that we build for ourselves, the e-commerce platforms that we use, our email marketing, our social media posts.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Making all of that as accessible as we can so that we're not perhaps missing a part of our audience or our prospective audience from being able to engage with our work and in turn, hopefully, buy our books and enjoy our books and become a fan.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This became important to me because of my day job. I hadn't really considered this—like, I think most people don't—until I started working at UsableNet. It's going to be 15 years I've been at that company come this autumn, and I really started to see the impacts because UsableNet is all about accessibility on the digital front.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I really started to learn, being a project manager for them, what all of that meant and how it impacted people who couldn't buy something online, couldn't book a hotel room, couldn't book an airline ticket. It just really became something I got passionate about.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I ended up writing the book because I realised that nobody talks to creatives about this. Nobody tells the independent author what they should do to help make their digital stuff accessible so that they don't miss people.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I never expected my day job to interact with my creative side so much, but this certainly has over the last few years.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: I mean, has it got better? Like we said, you were on here three years ago. We did talk about some of the things around EPUB formats and taking off DRM and what we need to do on our websites—labelling images, for example, and that kind of thing. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do you think accessibility has gotten better?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: I think the awareness of it has improved, both within the creative community and in the broader web ecosphere, that the awareness is better. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's so much knowledge that needs to go into creating something that is accessible. Sometimes there's so much that you have to think about with colours and alt tags on images and all the little bits and pieces, if it doesn't really come to muscle memory, it's easy for it to fall off.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's a survey that's done by WebAIM every year about the top one million homepages out in the universe, and they surveyed those for just the things that an automated scan can detect, which is a small portion of overall accessibility, and the number of errors across that top million actually ticked up this year. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Even though there's all these laws around the world—people get sued all the time in the US—the number of errors ticked up for the first time in a few years.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I think the awareness is up, but I think being able to take action on it and make the time to take action on it isn't where it needs to be.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: So last time you gave us all those tips. I'll refer people back to that and also to your book <em>Content for Everyone</em>, which has got loads of great stuff in. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I wanted to talk to you for this show because I was sitting watching Claude Cowork—now I use Claude Code a lot more—but updating 140 titles on IngramSpark, where me clicking things and there's like 15 clicks per record on IngramSpark updates for pricing, is an absolute nightmare.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was watching the AI do the work and I realised this isn't just saving me time, it's actually saving my wrist and my arm from repetitive strain injury. That's when I thought about this accessibility thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As you mentioned, for example being physically accessible into a building, say someone's in a wheelchair, they can't necessarily get into a building if there's no ramp. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was thinking that for many years, being an indie author, being a writer online, there's also been these physical barriers because there's a lot of plumbing and clicking for us. So I wondered, starting with an attitude around a shift in who this is opening up to—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How is AI starting to help people with these accessibility issues?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: Yes, there's so much opportunity around this. We should note, just to timestamp this, that we're talking on 14th April 2026, because who knows what will change, even in an hour from now.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think Cowork was one of the first things that we saw, and that's only been out since the very top of this year. Being able to do actual agentic tasks. Other things have sort of gotten there, but Cowork really opened it up. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You mentioned the repetitive stress that you would've had clicking all of those forms on IngramSpark across 140 books. But there's that type of stress, chronic pain, cognitive drain for somebody who may have some cognitive disability and trying to work through that form.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The cognitive energy just might drain out and maybe knock them out for several days after trying to get through that, or the tasks take them multiple days to do. Someone who has lower vision, someone who's trying to work through that form with a screen reader—all of that draws energy, draws focus.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now we've got something where, with plain language, we could say something like: here's all my pricing information, I've logged into IngramSpark, go update these books. Obviously the prompt's going to be a little more than that, but in broad terms, that's what we're going to tell it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Hmm.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: And being able to have it go through and do the thing. If it gets stuck, have it come back and say, &#8220;Hey, I've got trouble with this. Please help me.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That can just free up so much of the drains that people can have—the things that can take them out of doing the part of the work that they need to do for an author business.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They can go write the book through whatever process you're going to use to do that, rather than getting caught up in something like having to update all those books on IngramSpark.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: You mentioned writing the book there. I have this real sense of being an able-bodied indie author in terms of my computer use and my ability to write a whole book, a 70,000-word thriller that I write regularly. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We're all special in some way, but I do have a reasonably normal brain where I can do this work without too much strain. It's hard work, but I can do it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I meet people who are now using AI to help them write, to help them organise their work—maybe someone has dyslexia or ADHD or cognitive issues or pain—there's just so many things that I take for granted that don't affect me. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I hear from people who, at this point in time in the community, are almost shamed for using AI to write. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So I wanted to bring this up to discuss it under the terms of accessibility. Do you have any thoughts on that?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: I have real difficulty with people who will say anything in the broad range of, &#8220;I don't need to use this thing, and therefore you should not either.&#8221; Which is adjacent to indie anti-AI speak that there is out there. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Certainly we're living right now at probably the highest point that it's ever been, where more and more there's a sentiment towards not using AI for whatever the reason is.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I totally respect that people can have concerns about the environment and about energy use and water use, et cetera. Not to mention all the other things that are on the more difficult side of AI. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To shame someone who may not be able to put their story out there without the use of that AI, whichever one they're using, or to shame them because they're using AI to run part of their business—updating IngramSpark, doing other things like that—I think it can come down to there being some ableism there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Ther is some privilege behind that too, where they're just like, &#8220;I don't need this, and you shouldn't have it either.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I want to give people just a sliver of an idea of what this can mean for someone who is disabled and what AI can unlock for them. There is a person on LinkedIn that I follow whose name is Hannah Desmond. She's an ADHD coach and a former software developer, and very recently she posted this on LinkedIn. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is a paraphrase of what she said, but: having something that can meet you where you are and help you bridge that gap is what I think I have found so helpful about using AI.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here's what I keep coming back to. Without that support, I wasn't more motivated or more capable. I was just stuck. That's the bit that gets lost. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We've been taught that struggling is how you know you're doing it properly. So when something reduces the struggle, it can feel wrong—even when it's the thing that actually makes the work possible. Because there's a difference between avoiding thinking and being able to think at all. I think that rounds it up. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">She's talking about her time as a software developer, but you can apply that to any realm of AI when we're thinking about trying to shame someone for why they may be using it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We may not know that they have a disability because we don't always share that part of ourselves. So I really feel strongly about that and how we are in this culture of shame.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Yes. It drives me up the wall, actually. But I will also say: you don't have to have a disability or accessibility issues in order to use AI in whatever way you personally decide is okay—talking to the listeners now. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think Orna Ross from the Alliance of Independent Authors says it well, which is you should have your own AI policy. So you personally decide where your lines are, how it helps you, what you want to keep for you, and what you want help with.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was also thinking in terms of accessibility around money. Again, for many of us, professional cover design, professional editing, professional human-level translation, these are things that are pretty pricey for many people. So again, this makes it more accessible. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the reasons we got into the indie way and being indie authors was to try and remove the barriers to entry to people who have been excluded from the environment of publishing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, yes, it is really hard to talk about this, and yet that's why I wanted to talk about it, because—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">There's so many variables for each individual and there's no situation that's the same, really, is there?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: No, not at all. The things that I may need to do my work in the most efficient way possible is different from the way that you're going to work, is different than the way my husband's going to work, is different than every other person and the way that they're going to work. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Which is why any kind of blanket statement about &#8220;I don't need something and therefore you shouldn't need it either&#8221; can just be so problematic, because we have no idea what someone else is going through.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Either it's a permanent part of their lives or maybe it's something that is happening temporarily with them where they might need to leverage other tools.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Yes. Talking about that temporary, I think I really got the first sense of this when I had COVID the first time, which was really bad. I remember I was so sick, the only thing I could do was listen to an audiobook. I couldn't think, I couldn't read. It was really probably months of not having my brain back.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then the other thing that's happened as I age, as women age, is menopause kicks in and the brain fog is a real thing. I've heard from other people too who've said having Claude or whoever, an AI tool, to help with the brain fog is so important because otherwise I just wouldn't be able to gather my thoughts. Again, as you said— </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Even if we don't need these things now, it's quite likely we're going to need them at some point, given ageing, given the potential for injury and disease. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, we don't escape this alive, do we?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: Yes, that's a great point because unless we're extremely lucky as individuals, we're all likely to have some sort of a disability in our lives at some point. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I know for me, as I age and my eyes get more and more tired after being in front of a screen all day for work, and then whatever creative stuff I do in the afternoon on a book—when it comes near bedtime and I do want to read, I probably want to do that with an audiobook, much more audio, especially for any long reading project.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That can also be like, if I have a long document or a long article to read, I am likely to give it to ElevenReader, let it load itself up, and then listen to it, because I take the information in better than trying to follow words across a screen.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Yes. Jonathan, my husband, now also listens to a lot of academic papers on ElevenReader. Most of us will know it as where we publish some audiobooks from ElevenLabs, or you can also publish other things there. So it is super useful to think about what we can do with ElevenReader.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Another thing that I found really useful recently is NotebookLM. On NotebookLM, there is a free tier. You can put various things in there and then create a custom audio.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So this is something I've been doing as part of research. You can put in, say, 10 YouTube videos or some PDFs or your book or whatever, and then you can create a custom audio. Then I'll go for a walk and I'll listen to the custom audio, and then I'll go back and look at the detail of what it was.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It gives me the framework of whatever I'm thinking about on a broader level, and then I can come back to the details. So again, it's this multimodal approach that can help us manage our energy, I guess.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: And it's all about the managing of the energy, I think, too. That is a great way to think about the accessibility of it all. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You mentioned a great use there for NotebookLM. That could also be putting your book in there and having it help you build a world bible or something like that. Or building marketing materials off of that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's a lot of things now that NotebookLM can do in terms of helping you create FAQs maybe for a newsletter or for your website, and building video stuff off of the material that it has. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So there's a lot of options there, and ever-growing options that can be useful for someone to manage any number of the things that they may need in their creative business.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Yes. In fact, talking about Claude, there are a lot of Claude plugins now, skills and integrations. Shopify just released a Claude plugin and many of us now have Shopify stores. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have a lot of products with a lot of different variations and the metadata. There's so much metadata. And again, I'm just so pleased now that I can work with Cowork and get it to actually update directly into Shopify.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In fact, coming back, you mentioned updating alt tags earlier. That's something again that AI could help you update—the back list of your alt tags on a website. I've now got my Cowork doing EPUBs so I could finally update all my EPUBs with back matter and all of this kind of thing.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So I feel like perhaps we could go beyond accessibility to talk about amplification.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">All the things that we didn't do because it was too tiring and we just couldn't be bothered, or it would just be way too much work, that now it's opened up as a possibility because of these tools.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: Absolutely. I mean, you look at a backlist as large as yours and the things that you're now able to do. I didn't know that Claude had a Shopify plugin. So the abilities that we have now to maybe do things in the business that we hadn't before.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the things I've been working with Claude on is rewriting my website and creating a more proper website for Will.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm really making sure that it is not only SEO prepared but also GEO prepared, with all the metadata and all the backend code schema that it needs so that LLMs can find me, can understand what I do, can understand the books, branch out to the other areas that it needs to.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Doing that through WordPress would've been so much more difficult, even with Claude, that to be able to rewrite the site in a way that is going to let me manage it better so that I will do it on a more consistent basis. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Whatever that thing is, we're now able to do these things. That could be updating keywords in Amazon or making sure we're aligned across all of the sales platforms that we might be on and things like that, that Claude can do and do well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Yes, I think marketing is just the killer app really for people, isn't it? I think most authors do not enjoy marketing. I find Claude better for creative work, for strategic work, for doing work through Cowork or Code, but—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">ChatGPT with marketing copy is very, very good.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I've actually been using that as we record this. I've got a Kickstarter launching next week, so I've been getting it to do ad copy and social media copy and all that kind of thing. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is stuff when you have to produce—give me 20 taglines, give me 20 hooks, give me another 20 and another 20. I mean, we just cannot do it as humans, right?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: Yes, I have found GPT wildly helpful. I mentioned trying to get Bargain Booksy and Fussy Librarian promos.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Mm.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: And you have to give it the marketing hook, and it can't just be the blurb that's on Amazon—it's got to be something fresh, and they each have slightly different requirements. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Having GPT—here's the blurb, give me a dozen different options—and then I may take pieces of all of them and create one of my own. But it reworks that much faster than my brain was ever going to try to find the right thing I want to give to Bargain Booksy.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Yes, you are right. Or it says write this in 300 characters or less.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: Yes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: I do exactly the same. That kind of transformative work can be really good.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In fact, there was somebody I know who has been rampantly anti-AI for years and then said, &#8220;Would this help me? I have to do a synopsis for an agent, so I've got this 100,000-word book and it needs to be a 10-page synopsis. How would I do that with AI?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I was encouraging her to take each chapter and ask it to summarise the chapter, and of course read through it and everything. But I mean, doing a synopsis once you've actually written a book—that can be super useful. So I think what we're saying is—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">There are levels of need in terms of both the author and the audience. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then there are levels of your personal use from one end of the spectrum to the other in terms of how far you want to go in every area of the business. And in that way, it's just different for everyone.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: Yes, and I think getting to that mindset shift that we were talking about a little bit—it can be so easy to dip your toes in. That one author came to you and said, &#8220;Do you think it could do this?&#8221; And I think that's the beginning exploratory area for perhaps anyone. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">People are going to hear us talk about this and it might inspire them to go try something that we've talked about.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But these things, whether it's Claude or GPT or Gemini or whichever one it is, you can come to it and say, &#8220;I'm an author, I have X, Y, Z going on in my life&#8221;—whether that's a disability, whether that's a time constraint because you have a day job and maybe you have kids and a family that need your attention—&#8221;I have these time constraints, I want to do X, Y, and Z in my business. How can you help me with that?&#8221; It's going to tell you what it can do to help you with that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would even say, if you have the ability to have multiples of these, you could ask the same question to GPT and Claude, and they're going to give you similar answers in some instances, but they may also have different ones because of the abilities that the different platforms have around these things as well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That can help you make that mindset shift of, &#8220;Well, now I see that it can do that. Could it also do this?&#8221; And then ask it if it could do that. Because I know for me, Jo, I've taken so much from you and your journey with Cowork that it's like, &#8220;Oh, she did that. I wonder if I could do this.&#8221; And all of that piles on top of itself. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then eventually I think your brain starts to think on its own, &#8220;Oh, I have to do this task. Can Claude maybe do this for me? Let's go find out.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Yes, and if it couldn't do it for you yesterday, you never know, it might be able to do it tomorrow.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: Right? Because I haven't tested yet its new ability to actually use your computer.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Mm.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: And I'm curious what that might open up. Because one of the things that I've seen that I wish it would do is be able to take the EPUB that's on my drive and actually put it into a platform I'm trying to upload to. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Cowork on its own hasn't been able to cross that barrier, but I wonder if with computer use added to that, if it could. Like, &#8220;here's the EPUB, upload that over there,&#8221; be able to pick it from the file picker, essentially.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Yes. I think, well, a little tip for everyone: </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I wouldn't give access to your entire file system to the AI.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: That's a good point too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Yes. I have a Claude folder in my drive and it only has access there. So if you put files in that drive, it might be able to do that. But I know what you mean. I have been using it to help me publish things in German on KDP. Now I can use the browser, so you can actually do that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In terms of uploading the actual file, I know what you mean. These things will change. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As we record this, again middle of April, we are almost about to get the next models being Mythos, which might be Claude 4.7 Opus, or also ChatGPT has a new model coming, and these models are getting very powerful. With every shift they can do more things.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So as you say, the very first thing to do is ask it, &#8220;I want to do this—what are my options?&#8221; And some of them, for example, doing an AI-narrated audiobook, ChatGPT and Claude don't do that. You want ElevenLabs or one of the other services for that, but they can tell you what your options are.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that's one thing, but I wondered if you have any thoughts on the gaps that you are seeing. You mentioned one there around file uploads, but—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What do you hope might come and some of the things that might be exciting if they arrive? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because you never know, they might be here already.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: There's certainly some movement in some areas. One of the things I'll share is, in March I was at the 2026 CSUN Assistive Technology Conference—CSUN is California State University, Northridge—and they've run this conference for some 40 years now.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the sessions I went to was from Tara Maisel—I hope I'm pronouncing her last name right. She's a senior project manager in books accessibility at Amazon, and she was doing a session specifically on readability. She had all kinds of statistics and information about what goes into making something readable.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the things she talked about with AI was the future of personalised reading. If you think about the Kindle app, for example, there's a lot of settings you can make there—font size, colours, brightness, text spacing. There's a lot of tools in there. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">She was pointing out that potentially readers don't even know what they actually need for the optimised visual reading experience. She sees a world where AI can perhaps do an analysis of your reading behaviour and then help you find the optimal settings.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Maybe even multiple optimal settings for, say, if you were reading in a room that had daylight versus at bedtime, and the ways you might shift it. I was almost thinking of this like when you're at the optometrist and they're like, &#8220;Which lens is better—this one or that one?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Oh, sometimes that is very hard.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: Yes. It's that AI could step you through that a little bit to help you find that optimal reading experience in that moment. And then it might even notice, potentially, if you're changing something in the way that you're moving through a page, that it might flag to say, &#8220;Hey, do we need to adjust something?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Some other areas that I think are really exciting, for everyone and perhaps particularly for people who are disabled and needing the support of some assistive technology, is what we're seeing in the browsers. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">OpenAI's Operator has been out for quite a while now, since sometime I think autumn of last year. Perplexity Comet has been around even longer. Then we've got browser extensions from Gemini and Claude that are available, that can let you just type natural language. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You know, &#8220;Please go find for me jeans in this size that are on sale on this website. Find me the best price for blue jeans on this site and this size,&#8221; and it'll just go do it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Which can certainly speed things up for people in the disabled community to find things quickly, to spend time navigating less, and maybe ending up with the AI coming back and saying, &#8220;I found these five things. Which one would you like me to buy for you?&#8221; Or, &#8220;I found this one thing that you do need and it's waiting for you in your shopping cart.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The ability for that on the horizon is an amazing jump from an accessibility point of view. But really it's one of those things that accessibility will then help everyone because we can all just shop that way, if we choose to. These are early days for these browsers and these extensions. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The other side of it comes back to basic web accessibility too, because I've seen these types of activities not work so well on a site that may not actually be accessible on its own. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A great example is something I ran into with Claude Cowork about a month ago. I was testing to see if it could help me navigate and get things uploaded together for a site where I wanted to upload books, knowing again that it's not going to upload the actual file, but it could fill in the metadata from my master database of metadata stuff.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There were areas on the site that it actually couldn't hit the button, because the site itself was also not functional to a screen reader. So there are gaps there. It's early days, but I really see that as an interesting future that'll really help people with disabilities—but again, help everybody too, just manage time better.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: I know exactly what you mean there. I've done some collaborative work with Claude Code when it's like, &#8220;I can't click the button,&#8221; and I'm like, well, I'll click the button—you fill in everything else.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: Exactly.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: It's actually quite a funny situation. But goodness, coming back to IngramSpark again—these things need APIs. We need better functions. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's funny because I think a lot of traditional publishers have these APIs or backend upload things that you can do. I'm like, well, we need to get to that with these systems. But I think things will change.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Another thing that I think has also shifted is the use of voice. Voice for dictation—it used to be with dictation that you would have to say &#8220;comma,&#8221; &#8220;open quote,&#8221; &#8220;new line,&#8221; and all of that. And you'd also have to make sense. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Whereas now I feel like you can just dictate a whole load of things to these AIs and then say, &#8220;Tidy that up,&#8221; and they will do a lot more than the old situation. So I think voice will also help.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Also automatic translation. I don't know if you know this about X, and if you're on X anymore, but just this week they've made it multi-language. So I can read tweets by people who've posted in another language in English. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I can read something from Korean or read something that someone French has posted and it gets translated. It has made a huge difference to the content I'm seeing, which is fascinating because I don't think we've ever had this kind of automatic &#8220;everything is translated into your language&#8221; situation.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">It's really got me thinking about how [automatic translation] might work for eBooks or other things if the rights are there. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don't know. Have you seen stuff like that?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: There's so much available now with voice and the ability to not have to speak all the other stuff that went with it—comma, full stop, next line. It was a little mind-bending sometimes, trying to think about quote marks and all that stuff. And now it's so good. Different platforms do it to different degrees of ability.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Even being able to speak your prompts into the very platforms themselves without having to type all of it. Chronic pain comes to mind, any kind of mobility thing—all the typing would be a drain or maybe even impossible. So the voice ability is so powerful there and unlocks more things.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">At the same time, those translation abilities—I believe AirPods now have the ability, if you've got the right stuff on your phone, that you could be talking to somebody, they may speak back to you in a language you don't speak, but your AirPods will give it to you in your language.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Hmm.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: Google has, I believe, a live captioning app that you can use. I think there's even a split screen—I don't know if that's available now or something in their future—where you could put the phone on the table and tell it who's looking at what side of the screen, and it'll put the language that I need on my side and the language the other person needs on the other.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So there continues to be such a shift in how we're being able to translate stuff that really opens up communication and can open up our books to so many more people.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm very interested to see—I haven't pulled the trigger on this yet—but how Amazon's auto-translation rolls out and how that's received in terms of the accessibility around our books and being able to put it in someone's hands who doesn't speak—I think it's only English to other languages right now—but who doesn't speak the language it was written in but wants to read that book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We could never, as indies, or really even big five publishers, wouldn't have the money to create custom translations everywhere. But if the AI can help do that and spread those books around so that everybody could have the story they want to read, I think that's such a win for the reading audience.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Yes, I think it's so exciting to think what might be coming, and that's what I want to stay on the side of on the AI discussion. There's enough negativity out there and you can get that information somewhere else, but for me I want us to stay on the positive side of how this helps both the author and the reader.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And hopefully the community, to create more and read more and enjoy being human more. Right? Because I find that I do get out more and listen to stuff, or I'm out walking instead of at my desk, and I mean, that's what it's about. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I'm pretty excited about the future. How about you?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: I am. I think there are, quite honestly, some scary things that could be out there in the future. I mean, there's been a lot of talk about what Mythos is capable of. But on the other side of it, there are all these advances. I also look back at Google and AlphaFold and what DeepMind was able to do there for science.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's more of that stuff out there, and individually for each of us, spending a little bit of time—and I do have to say, I think you need to spend time on a paid plan because the free stuff doesn't give you the idea of what these platforms are actually capable of.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So if you only drop in, even briefly, to experiment on one of the $20-a-month plans and give it your situation, ask it what it can do for you, I think you'll see where, on a personal level, AI will help you unlock some things.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It can help you move some things to the next level in your business that for whatever reason you haven't been able to do.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You don't have to use it for everything. You may decide that it's still not for you for whatever reason, and that's fine. But I think there's so much to explore here and to let your curiosity run for a little bit to see what's possible and what you might unlock with it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Brilliant. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So where can people find you and your books and everything you do online?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: So pretty much everything lives at <a href="https://jeffadamswrites.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">JeffAdamsWrites.com</a>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Well, thanks so much for your time, Jeff. That was great.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jeff: I loved it, Jo. Thanks for having me..</p><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/05/25/accessibility-and-ai-how-new-tools-are-opening-doors-for-indie-authors-with-jeff-adams/">Accessibility And AI: How New Tools Are Opening Doors For Indie Authors With Jeff Adams</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/05/25/accessibility-and-ai-how-new-tools-are-opening-doors-for-indie-authors-with-jeff-adams/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="53402646" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/Podcast_JeffAdams.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>1:02:44</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>How is AI transforming accessibility for indie authors — and why should you care even if you consider yourself able-bodied? What happens when the tools designed to help people with disabilities end up making everyone's creative business better? Jeff Adams, accessibility expert and romance author, explores how AI is opening doors that were previously closed. The post Accessibility And AI: How New Tools Are Opening Doors For Indie Authors With Jeff Adams first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>How is AI transforming accessibility for indie authors — and why should you care even if you consider yourself able-bodied? What happens when the tools designed to help people with disabilities end up making everyone's creative business better? Jeff Adams, accessibility expert and romance author, explores how AI is opening doors that were previously closed. The post Accessibility And AI: How New Tools Are Opening Doors For Indie Authors With Jeff Adams first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
	</channel>
</rss>